3आज बापदादा चारों ओर के चाहे सम्मुख हैं , चाहे दूर बैठे दिल के समीप हैं , सर्व को तीन मुबारक दे रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kē|K chāhē sammukh haĩ , chāhē dūr baiṭhē dil kē|K samīp haĩ , sarv kō tīn mubārak dē rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sammukh hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sarv[adj.] kō[postp.] tīn[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada everywhere (of|K) (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) in front of you be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) heart (of|K) close be[pres.pl.12hon3] , all to x congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, BapDada, is giving everyone from everywhere - whether they are sitting personally in front of Baba or are close to His heart while sitting far-away - three types of congratulations.
4एक नवजीवन की मुबारक है , दूसरी नवयुग की मुबारक है और तीसरी आज के दिन वर्ष की मुबारक है . ēk navajīvan kī|key mubārak hai , dūsrī navyug kī|key mubārak hai aur tīsrī āj kē|K din varṣh kī|key mubārak hai . ēk[adj.] x kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.]|navyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , other (new age) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations be[pres.sg.23] and third today (of|K) day year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
3First are congratulations for the new life, second are congratulations for the new age and third are congratulations for this New Year's Day.
5आप सभी भी नये वर्ष की मुबारक देने और मुबारक लेने आये हो . āp sabhī bhī nayē varṣh kī|key mubārak dēnē aur mubārak lēnē āyē hō . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur mubārak[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . you all too new year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations give[inf.m.pl.,o.] and congratulations take[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
4All of you have also come here to give congratulations and to receive congratulations for the New Year.
6वास्तव में सच्ची दिल के खुशी की मुबारकें आप ब्राह्मण आत्मायें लेते भी हो , देते भी हो . vāstav mē̃ sachchī dil kē|K khuśhī kī|key mubārakē̃ āp brāhmaṇ ātmāyē̃ lētē bhī hō , dētē bhī hō . vāstav mē̃[x] sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x true heart (of|K) happiness (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations you Brahmin soul take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
5In fact, only you Brahmin souls receive and give the greetings of happiness of a true heart.
7आज के दिन का महत्व है . āj kē|K din kā mahatva hai . āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . today (of|K) day of importance be[pres.sg.23] .
6Today has great importance.
8विदाई भी है और बधाई भी है . vidāī bhī hai aur badhāī bhī hai . vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . farewell too be[pres.sg.23] and greetings too be[pres.sg.23] .
7It is a farewell (vidaai) and also greetings (badhaai).
9विदाई और बधाई का संगमयुग है . vidāī aur badhāī kā saṅgamyug hai . vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . farewell and greetings of confluence age be[pres.sg.23] .
8It is the confluence age of farewell and greetings.
10आज के दिन को कहेंगे संगम का दिन है . āj kē|K din kō kahē̃gē saṅgam kā din hai . āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . today (of|K) day to say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] confluence of day be[pres.sg.23] .
9Today is called the Day of the Confluence.
11संगम की महिमा बहुत बड़ी है . saṅgam kī|key mahimā bahut baṛī hai . saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . confluence (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) praise very very be[pres.sg.23] .
10The praise of the confluence is very great.
12आप सभी जानते हो कि संगमयुग की महिमा के कारण आजकल पुराने और नये वर्ष के संगम को कितना धूमधाम से मनाते हैं . āp sabhī jāntē hō ki saṅgamyug kī mahimā kē|K kāraṇ ājkal purānē aur nayē varṣh kē|K saṅgam kō kitnā dhūmdhām sē manātē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] saṅgamyug kī mahimā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ājkal purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dhūmdhām[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . you all know[pres.pl.m.2] that x (of|K) because nowadays old and new year (of|K) confluence to so a lot of pomp and joy from celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
11All of you know that, because of the praise of the confluence age, people celebrate the confluence of the old year and the New Year with so much pomp and splendour.
13संगमयुग की महिमा के कारण ही इस पुराने नये वर्ष के संगम की महिमा है . saṅgamyug kī mahimā kē|K kāraṇ hī is purānē nayē varṣh kē|K saṅgam kī|key mahimā hai . saṅgamyug kī mahimā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] yah[pn.sg.o.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x (of|K) because only this old new year (of|K) confluence (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) praise be[pres.sg.23] .
12It is because of the praise of the confluence age that there is praise of the confluence of the old year and the New Year.
14जहाँ दो नदियां मिलती हैं , संगम होता है , उनकी भी महिमा है . jahā̃ dō nadiyā̃ miltī haĩ , saṅgam hōtā hai , unkī bhī mahimā hai . jahā̃ dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] nadī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.pl.kī] bhī[p.] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . where there (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) river receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , confluence be[pres.sg.m.23] , that[.kī] too praise be[pres.sg.23] .
13There is also praise of the confluence where two rivers meet.
15जहाँ नदी सागर का संगम होता है उसकी भी महिमा है . jahā̃ nadī sāgar kā saṅgam hōtā hai uskī bhī mahimā hai . jahā̃ nadī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . where there river ocean of confluence be[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kī] too praise be[pres.sg.23] .
14There is also praise of the confluence where a river meets an ocean.
16लेकिन सबसे बड़ी महिमा इस संगमयुग की है , पुरूषोत्तमयुग की है , जहाँ आप ब्राह्मण भाग्यवान आत्मायें बैठे हो . lēkin sabsē baṛī mahimā is saṅgamyug kī hai , purūṣōttamayug kī hai , jahā̃ āp brāhmaṇ bhāgyavān ātmāyē̃ baiṭhē hō . lēkin sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , x karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , jahā̃ āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāgyavān[x] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . but the most very praise this confluence age do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , x do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , where there you Brahmin fortunate soul sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
15However, the greatest praise is of this confluence age, the most auspicious age, where you fortunate Brahmin souls are sitting.
17यह नशा है ना ! yah naśhā hai nā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! this intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
16You have this intoxication, do you not?
18अगर आपसे कोई पूछे आप किस समय पर हो ? agar āpsē kōī pūchhē āp kis samay par hō ? agar āp[pn.pl.sē] kōī[pn.;d.] pūchhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pūchhnā[opt.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? if you[.sē] some (ask[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ask[opt.sg.23]) you (what|who) time (at|other) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ? 19क्या कलियुग में रहते हो , सतयुग में रहते हो ? kyā kaliyug mē̃ rahtē hō , satyug mē̃ rahtē hō ? kyā kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? what iron age in remain[pres.pl.m.2] , golden age in remain[pres.pl.m.2] ? 20तो क्या फलक से कहेंगे ? tō kyā phalak sē kahē̃gē ? tō kyā phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then what sparkle of intoxication from say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
17If you were to be asked which period you are living in, whether you are living in the iron age or the golden age, what would you reply with intoxication?
21हम इस समय पुरूषोत्तम संगमयुग में रहते हैं . ham is samay purūṣhōttam saṅgamyug mē̃ rahtē haĩ . ham[pn.pl.] is samay[x] purūṣhōttam saṅgamyug[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . we at this time the most auspicious confluence age in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
18At this time, we are living in the most auspicious confluence age.
22आप कलियुगी नहीं हो , संगमयुगी हो . āp kaliyugī nahī̃ hō , saṅgamyugī hō . āp[pn.pl.] kaliyugī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , saṅgamyugī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you iron-aged not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
19You are not in the iron age; you are in the confluence age.
23और इस संगमयुग की विशेष महिमा क्यों है ? aur is saṅgamyug kī|key viśhēṣh mahimā kyō̃ hai ? aur yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] kyō̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? and this confluence age (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) special praise why be[pres.sg.23] ?
20Why is there special praise of this confluence age?
24क्योंकि भगवान और बच्चों का मिलन होता है , मेला होता है , मिलन होता है , जो किसी भी युग में नहीं होता . kyōṅki bhagvān aur bachchō̃ kā milan hōtā hai , mēlā hōtā hai , milan hōtā hai , jō kisī bhī yug mē̃ nahī̃ hōtā . kyōṅki bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , mēlā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , jō[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] yug[x] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . because God and child of meeting be[pres.sg.m.23] , fair be[pres.sg.m.23] , meeting be[pres.sg.m.23] , that (some|anything) too age in not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
21It is because the meeting between God and the children takes place: a gathering takes place, a meeting which doesn't take place in any other age takes place.
25तो मेला मनाने आये हो ना ! tō mēlā manānē āyē hō nā ! tō mēlā[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā ! then fair celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ !
22So, you have come to celebrate in the mela, have you not?
26आप कहाँ-कहाँ से आये हो मिलन मेला मनाने के लिए . āp kahā̃-kahā̃ sē āyē hō milan mēlā manānē kē liē . āp[pn.pl.] kahā̃ sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mēlā[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] . you where from come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] meeting fair celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] for .
23You have all come from so many different places to celebrate the mela.
27कभी स्वप्न में भी सोचा था कि ड्रामा में मुझ आत्मा का ऐसा भी भाग्य नूंधा हुआ है . kabhī svapn mē̃ bhī sōchā thā ki drama mē̃ mujh ātmā kā aisā bhī bhāgya nūndhā huā hai . kabhī[adv.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sōchnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] drama mē̃[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.o.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nūndhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . ever dream in too think[past-perf.m.sg.] that drama in I soul of such too x x be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
24Did you ever think about this even in your dreams that you, the soul, have such a fortune recorded in the drama?
28था और है - आत्मा का परमात्मा से मिलने का . thā aur hai - ātmā kā paramātmā sē milnē kā . hōnā[past.m.sg] aur hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . be[past.m.sg] and be[pres.sg.23] - soul of Supreme Soul from receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .
25It was recorded and it is recorded for souls to meet the Supreme Soul.
29बाप भी हर एक बच्चे के भाग्य को देख हर्षित होते हैं . bāp bhī har ēk bachchē kē|K bhāgya kō dēkh harṣhit hōtē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . father too each one child (of|K) x to see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
26The Father too is pleased to see the fortune of each child.
30वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! !
27Wah!
31भाग्यवान बच्चे वाह ! bhāgyavān bachchē vāh ! bhāgyavān[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! fortunate child wah! !
28Fortunate children, wah!
32अपने भाग्य को देख दिल में अपने प्रति वाह ! apnē bhāgya kō dēkh dil mē̃ apnē prati vāh ! apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prati vāh ! one’s own x to see[root] heart in one’s own for wah! !
29Seeing your fortune, you automatically sing the song of "Wah, wah" from your heart, do you not?
33मैं वाह ! maĩ vāh ! maĩ[pn.sg.d.] vāh ! I wah! ! 34वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! !
30Wah, mai (myself), wah!
35मेरा भाग्य वाह ! mērā bhāgya vāh ! maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāh ! I[.kā] x wah! ! 36वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! !
31Wah, my fortune, wah!
37मेरा बाबा वाह ! mērā bābā vāh ! maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā vāh ! I[.kā] Baba wah! ! 38वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! !
32Wah, my Baba, wah!
39मेरा ब्राह्मण परिवार वाह ! mērā brāhmaṇ parivār vāh ! maĩ[pn.sg.kā] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāh ! I[.kā] Brahmin family wah! !
33Wah, my Brahmin family, wah!
40यह वाह , वाह के गीत ऑटोमेटिक दिल में गाते रहते हो ना . yah vāh , vāh kē|K gīt automatic dil mē̃ gātē rahtē hō nā . yah[pn.sg.d.] vāh , vāh kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] automatic dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] nā . this wah! , wah! (of|K) x x heart in sing[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ .
41तो आज इस संगम के समय अपने अन्दर सोच लिया है कि किस-किस बातों को विदाई देनी है ? tō āj is saṅgam kē|K samay apnē andar sōch liyā hai ki kis-kis bātō̃ kō vidāī dēnī hai ? tō āj yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andar sōchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] ki[conj.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? then today this confluence (of|K) time one’s own inside think[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] that (what|who) matter to farewell give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
34So, at this time of the confluence, have you yourself thought about what things you have to bid farewell to?
42सोचा है सभी ने ? sōchā hai sabhī nē ? sōchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] ? think[pres-perf.sg.m.23] all ∅ ?
35Have all of you thought about it?
43सदाकाल के लिए विदाई देनी है क्योंकि सदाकाल के लिए विदाई देने से सदाकाल की बधाईयाँ मना सकेंगे . sadākāl kē liē vidāī dēnī hai kyōṅki sadākāl kē liē vidāī dēnē sē sadākāl kī|key badhāīyā̃ manā sakē̃gē . sadākāl kē liē[x] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki sadākāl kē liē[x] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] sadākāl kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . x for farewell give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] because x for farewell give[inf.m.pl.,o.] from x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) greetings celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
36You have to bid farewell for all time because by bidding farewell for all time, you will be able to celebrate with happiness for all time.
44ऐसी बधाई दो जो आपके चेहरे को देख जो भी आत्मा सामने आये वह भी बधाईयां प्राप्त कर खुश हो जाए . aisī badhāī dō jō āpkē chēhrē kō dēkh jō bhī ātmā sāmnē āyē vah bhī badhāīyā̃ prāpt kar khuśh hō jāē . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sāmnē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] prāpt karnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . such greetings (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) that you[.kē] face to see[root] that too soul x (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) that too greetings reach happy be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
37Give such greetings that, seeing your face, any soul who comes in front of you also attains those greetings and becomes happy.
45जो दिल से बधाई देते हैं वा लेते हैं वह सदा ही कैसे दिखाई देते हैं ? jō dil sē badhāī dētē haĩ vā lētē haĩ vah sadā hī kaisē dikhāī dētē haĩ ? jō[pn.;d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vā lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] sadā hī[p.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? that heart from greetings give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that constantly only how be visible ?
38What does someone who always gives and receives greetings from the heart look like?
46संगमयुगी फरिश्ता . saṅgamyugī phariśhtā . saṅgamyugī[adj.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . x angel .
39A confluence-aged angel.
47सभी का यही पुरूषार्थ है ना - ब्राह्मण सो फरिश्ता और फरिश्ता सो देवता . sabhī kā yahī purūṣhārth hai nā - brāhmaṇ sō phariśhtā aur phariśhtā sō dēvtā . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yahī[pn.;d.] puruṣhārth hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā - brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sō|sōnā[root] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sō|sōnā[root] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] . all of this effort be[pres.sg.23] ∅ - Brahmin (x|sleep[root]) angel and angel (x|sleep[root]) deity .
40This is everyone's effort, is it not? 41To become an angel from a Brahmin, and a deity from an angel.
48क्योंकि बाप को सब प्रकार के संकल्प वा जो भी कुछ प्रवृत्ति का , कर्म का बोझ है वह दे दिया है ना . kyōṅki bāp kō sab prakār kē|K saṅkalp vā jō bhī kuchh pravr̥itti kā , karma kā bōjh hai vah dē diyā hai nā . kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sab[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] kuchh pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] nā . because father to all form (of|K) thought or that too anything famille of , deed of burden be[pres.sg.23] that give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ∅ .
42You have given to the Father all the types of thoughts and the burden of the family and of your actions that you have, have you not?
49बोझ दिया है या थोड़ा सा रह गया है ? bōjh diyā hai yā thōṛā sā rah gayā hai ? bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? burden give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] or short x remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
43Have you given the burden to Him or is there still a little burden left with you?
50क्योंकि थोड़ा भी बोझ फरिश्ता बनने नहीं देगा और जब बाप आये हैं बच्चों का बोझ लेने के लिए तो बोझ देना मुश्किल है क्या ! kyōṅki thōṛā bhī bōjh phariśhtā bannē nahī̃ dēgā aur jab bāp āyē haĩ bachchō̃ kā bōjh lēnē kē liē tō bōjh dēnā muśhkil hai kyā ! kyōṅki thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] tō bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā ! because short too burden angel become[inf.m.pl.,o.] not give[fut.m.sg.23] and when father come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] child of burden take[inf.m.pl.,o.] for then burden give[inf.m.sg.d.] difficult be[pres.sg.23] what !
44Because, even the slightest burden will not allow you to become an angel, and, since the Father has come to take the burden from you children, is it difficult to give Him the burden?
51मुश्किल है या सहज है ? muśhkil hai yā sahaj hai ? muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? difficult be[pres.sg.23] or easy be[pres.sg.23] ?
45Is it difficult or easy?
52जो समझते हैं बोझ दे दिया है वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ bōjh dē diyā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] burden give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] that raise your hands .
46Those who think that they have handed over the burden, raise your hands!
53दे दिया है ? dē diyā hai ? dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ? give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ?
47Have you given it?
54देखना सोच के हाथ उठाना . dēkhnā sōch kē|K hāth uṭhānā . dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sōchnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hāth uṭhānā[x] . see[inf.m.sg.d.] think[root] (of|K) raise your hands .
48Be careful, raise your hand after careful consideration.
55बोझ दे दिया है ? bōjh dē diyā hai ? bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ? burden give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ?
49Have you given away the burden?
56अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
50Achcha.
57दे दिया है ? dē diyā hai ? dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ? give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ?
51Have you given it away?
58मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
52Congratulations!
59दे दिया है तो बहुत मुबारक हो . dē diyā hai tō bahut mubārak hō . dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] tō bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] then very congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
53If you have given it away, then many congratulations!
60और जिन्होंने नहीं दिया है वह किसलिए रखा है ? aur jinhōnnē nahī̃ diyā hai vah kisliē rakhā hai ? aur jō[pn.pl.nē] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] kisliē rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? and that[.nē] not give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that x keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
54And, those who have not given it, what have you kept it for?
61बोझ से प्रीत है क्या ? bōjh sē prīt hai kyā ? bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] prīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā ? burden from loving be[pres.sg.23] what ?
55Do you love burdens?
62बोझ अच्छा लगता है ? bōjh achchhā lagtā hai ? bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? burden enjoy ?
56Do you like burdens?
63देखो बापदादा हर बच्चे को क्या कहते हैं ? dēkhō bāpdādā har|her bachchē kō kyā kahtē haĩ ? dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāpdādā harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] BapDada (x[root]|x) child to what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
57Look, what does BapDada call each of you children?
64ओ मेरे बेफिकर बादशाह बच्चे . ō mērē bēphikar bādśhāh bachchē . O maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . x I[.kē] carefree emperor child .
58O My carefree emperor children.
65तो बोझ का फिकर होता है ना ! tō bōjh kā phikar hōtā hai nā ! tō bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! then burden of worry be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
59One worries about their his burden.
66तो बोझ लेने के लिए बाप आये हैं क्योंकि 63 जन्म से बाप देख रहे हैं बोझ उठाते-उठाते सभी बच्चे बहुत भारी हो गये हैं . tō bōjh lēnē kē liē bāp āyē haĩ kyōṅki 63 janm sē bāp dēkh rahē haĩ bōjh uṭhātē-uṭhātē sabhī bachchē bahut bhārī hō gayē haĩ . tō bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki 63 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] sē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bahut bhārī[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . then burden take[inf.m.pl.,o.] for father come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] because 63 (life|be born[root]) from father see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] burden uplift[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] all child very heavy be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
60The Father has come to take away the burden, because the Father is seeing that the children have become very heavy carrying the burden for 63 births.
67इसलिए जब बाप बच्चों को प्यार से कह रहे हैं बोझ दे दो . isliē jab bāp bachchō̃ kō pyār sē kah rahē haĩ bōjh dē dō . isliē jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . therefore when father child to love from say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] burden give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . 68फिर भी क्यों रख लिया है ? phir bhī kyō̃ rakh liyā hai ? phir bhī[x] kyō̃ rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] ? nevertheless why keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] ?
61Therefore, since the Father is telling you children with love to hand the burden over to Him, why are you still holding on to it?
69अच्छा लगता है बोझ ? achchhā lagtā hai bōjh ? achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? enjoy burden ?
62Do you like the burden?
70सबसे सूक्ष्म बोझ है पुराने संस्कार का . sabsē sūkṣhma bōjh hai purānē saṅskār kā . sabsē sūkṣhma[adj.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . the most subtle burden be[pres.sg.23] old sanskar of .
63The most subtle burden of all is that of the old sanskars.
71बापदादा ने हर बच्चे के इस वर्ष का , क्योंकि वर्ष पूरा हो रहा है ना , तो इस वर्ष का चार्ट देखा . bāpdādā nē har|her bachchē kē|K is varṣh kā , kyōṅki varṣh pūrā hō rahā hai nā , tō is varṣh kā chart dēkhā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kyōṅki varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā , tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada ∅ (x[root]|x) child (of|K) this year of , because year full be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ , then this year of chart see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
64BapDada saw every child's chart for this year, because it is now the end of the year.
72आप सबने भी अपना-अपना वर्ष का चार्ट चेक किया होगा ? āp sabnē bhī apnā-apnā varṣh kā chart check kiyā hōgā ? āp[pn.pl.] sabnē bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? you x too (one’s own|adopt[root]) year of chart check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
65All of you too must have checked your own chart for the year.
73तो बापदादा ने क्या देखा कि कई बच्चों को इस पुराने संसार की आकर्षण कम हुई है ? tō bāpdādā nē kyā dēkhā ki kaī bachchō̃ kō is purānē saṅsār kī|key ākarṣhaṇ kam huī hai ? tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅsār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key ākarṣhaṇ[x] kam hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? then BapDada ∅ what see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that some child to this old world (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) attraction decrease ?
66What did BapDada see? 67That for some children the attraction to this old world has been reduced a little.
74पुराने सम्बन्ध की भी आकर्षण कम हुई है लेकिन पुराने संस्कार , उसका बोझ मैजारिटी में रहा हुआ है . purānē sambandh kī|key bhī ākarṣhaṇ kam huī hai lēkin purānē saṅskār , uskā bōjh majority mē̃ rahā huā hai . purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] ākarṣhaṇ[x] kam hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] , vah[pn.sg.kā] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] majority mē̃[postp.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . old relationship (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too attraction decrease but old sanskar , that[.kā] burden majority in (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
68The attraction to old relationships has also been reduced, but for the majority, the burden of old sanskars still remains.
75किसी न किसी रूप में चाहे मन्सा अशुद्ध संकल्प नहीं लेकिन व्यर्थ संकल्प का संस्कार अभी भी परसेन्ट में दिखाई देता है . kisī na kisī rūp mē̃ chāhē mansā aśhuddh saṅkalp nahī̃ lēkin vyarth saṅkalp kā saṅskār abhī bhī percent mē̃ dikhāī dētā hai . kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] na[neg] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mansā aśhuddh saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] percent mē̃[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (some|anything) not (some|anything) Rup in (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) through the mind impure thought not but wasteful thought of sanskar now too % in be visible .
69In one form or another, whether through the mind - there aren't impure thoughts in the mind - but the percentage of the sanskar of waste thoughts is still visible.
76वाचा में भी दिखाई देता है . vāchā mē̃ bhī dikhāī dētā hai . vāchā mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x in too be visible .
70It is also visible in your words.
77सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में भी कोई न कोई संस्कार अभी भी दिखाई देता है . sambandh-sampark mē̃ bhī kōī na kōī saṅskār abhī bhī dikhāī dētā hai . sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kōī na kōī[x] saṅskār[x] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x in too one .. or another sanskar now too be visible .
71In relationships and connections too, one sanskar or another is still visible.
78तो आज बापदादा सभी बच्चों को मुबारक के साथ-साथ यही इशारा देते हैं कि यह रहा हुआ संस्कार समय पर धोखा देता भी है और अन्त में भी धोखा देने के निमित्त बन जायेगा . tō āj bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō mubārak kē|K sāth-sāth yahī iśhārā dētē haĩ ki yah rahā huā saṅskār samay par dhōkhā dētā bhī hai aur ant mē̃ bhī dhōkhā dēnē kē nimitt ban jāyēgā . tō āj bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth yahī[pn.;d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then today BapDada all child to congratulations (of|K) x this signal give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] sanskar time (at|other) deception give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] and end in too deception give[inf.m.pl.,o.] x become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
72So, today, together with congratulations, BapDada is giving all the children this signal: this sanskar that still remains will deceive you at some time, and, at the end too, it will be an instrument to deceive you.
79इसीलिए आज संस्कार का संस्कार करो . isīliē āj saṅskār kā saṅskār karō . isīliē āj saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x today sanskar of sanskar do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
73Therefore, today, have the cremation ceremony of the sanskars.
80हर एक अपने संस्कार को जानता भी है , छोड़ने चाहता भी है , तंग भी है , लेकिन सदा के लिए परिवर्तन करने में तीव्र पुरूषार्थी नहीं हैं . har ēk apnē saṅskār kō jāntā bhī hai , chhōṛnē chāhtā bhī hai , taṅg bhī hai , lēkin sadā kē liē parivartan karnē mē̃ tīvr purūṣhārthī nahī̃ haĩ . har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] jānnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chhōṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , taṅg[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin sadā kē liē[x] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . each one one’s own sanskar to know[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] , renounce[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] , x too be[pres.sg.23] , but constantly for transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in intense effort-maker not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
74Each one of you knows your own sanskars; you want to renounce them, you are fed up with them, but you are not intense effort-makers in transforming them for all time.
81पुरूषार्थ करते हैं लेकिन तीव्र पुरूषार्थी नहीं हैं . purūṣhārth kartē haĩ lēkin tīvr purūṣhārthī nahī̃ haĩ . puruṣhārth karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but intense effort-maker not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
75You do make effort, but you are not intense effort-makers.
82कारण ? kāraṇ ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? because ?
76What is the reason for this?
83तीव्र पुरूषार्थ क्यों नहीं होता ? tīvr purūṣhārth kyō̃ nahī̃ hōtā ? tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? intense effort why not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
77Why are you unable to make intense effort?
84कारण यही है , जैसे रावण को मारा भी लेकिन सिर्फ मारा नहीं , जलाया भी . kāraṇ yahī hai , jaisē rāvaṇ kō mārā bhī lēkin sirph mārā nahī̃ , jalāyā bhī . kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rāvaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] mārnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] lēkin sirph[adj.] mārnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , jalānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] . because this be[pres.sg.23] , like Ravan to beat[past-part.m.sg.d.] too but only beat[past-part.m.sg.d.] not , burn[past-part.m.sg.d.] too . 85ऐसे मारने के लिए पुरूषार्थ करते हैं , थोड़ा बेहोश भी होता है संस्कार , लेकिन जलाया नहीं तो बेहोशी से बीच-बीच में उठ जाता है . aisē mārnē kē liē purūṣhārth kartē haĩ , thōṛā bēhōśh bhī hōtā hai saṅskār , lēkin jalāyā nahī̃ tō bēhōśhī sē bīch-bīch mē̃ uṭh jātā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mārnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] puruṣhārth karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bēhōśh[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] saṅskār[x] , lēkin jalānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃ tō[x] bēhōśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] uṭhnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . such beat[inf.m.pl.,o.] for effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , short x too be[pres.sg.m.23] sanskar , but burn[past-part.m.sg.d.] otherwise x from x wake up[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
78The reason is this. 79Just as you kill Ravan, and you don't just kill Ravan, but you also burn him, in the same way, you make effort to kill the sanskars, they even become a little unconscious, but because they are not burnt, they awaken every now and then from being unconscious.
86इसके लिए पुराने संस्कार का संस्कार करने के लिए इस नये वर्ष में योग अग्नि से जलाने का दृढ़ संकल्प का अटेन्शन रखो . iskē liē purānē saṅskār kā saṅskār karnē kē liē is nayē varṣh mē̃ yōg agni sē jalānē kā dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kā attention rakhō . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] agni[x] sē[postp.] jalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) old sanskar of sanskar do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for this new year in yoga fire from burn[inf.m.pl.,o.] of determined thought of attention keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
80For this, to have the cremation ceremony (sanskar - final ceremony when a person dies) of the old sanskars, pay attention with determination to burn them in the fire of yoga in the New Year.
87कहते हैं ना क्या करना है इस नये वर्ष में ? kahtē haĩ nā kyā karnā hai is nayē varṣh mē̃ ? kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ? say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] this new year in ?
81You ask what you have to do in this New Year, do you not?
88सेवा की तो बात अलग है लेकिन पहले स्वयं की बात है योग लगाते हो , बापदादा बच्चों को योग में अभ्यास करते हुए देखते हैं . sēvā kī|key tō bāt alag hai lēkin pahlē svayã kī|key bāt hai yōg lagātē hō , bāpdādā bachchō̃ kō yōg mē̃ abhyās kartē huē dēkhtē haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tō bāt[n.f.;sg.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] svayã kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.2] , bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) then matter separate be[pres.sg.23] but (x|firstly) x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) matter be[pres.sg.23] yoga attach[pres.pl.m.2] , BapDada child to yoga in practice do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
82The question of service is a different matter, but first it is a matter of the self. 83You do have yoga, for BapDada even sees you children practising having yoga.
89अमृतवेले भी बहुत पुरूषार्थ करते हैं लेकिन योग तपस्या , तप के रूप में नहीं करते हैं . amr̥itvēlē bhī bahut purūṣhārth kartē haĩ lēkin yōg tapasyā , tap kē|K rūp mē̃ nahī̃ kartē haĩ . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] bahut puruṣhārth karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] , tap[n.m.;sg.,d.]|tapnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . amrit vela too very effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but yoga tapasya , (tapasya|become heated[root]) (of|K) Rup in not do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
84You also make a lot of effort at amrit vela, but your yoga- tapasya is not in the form of an intense fire.
90प्यार से याद जरूर करते हैं , रूहरिहान भी बहुत करते हैं , शक्ति भी लेने का अभ्यास करते हैं लेकिन याद को इतना पावरफुल नहीं बनाया , जो जो संकल्प करो विदाई , तो विदाई हो जाए . pyār sē yād jarūr kartē haĩ , rūhrihān bhī bahut kartē haĩ , śhakti bhī lēnē kā abhyās kartē haĩ lēkin yād kō itnā powerful nahī̃ banāyā , jō jō saṅkalp karō vidāī , tō vidāī hō jāē . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] zarūr karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , rūhrihān[x] bhī[p.] bahut karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin yād[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] powerful nahī̃[neg] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] jō[pn.;d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , tō vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . love from remembrance definitely do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , spiritual conversation too very do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , Shakti too take[inf.m.pl.,o.] of practice do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but remembrance to such powerful not create[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that that thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] farewell , then farewell be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
85You definitely remember Baba with love, you also have many heart-to-heart conversations, you also practise taking power from Baba, but you haven't made your remembrance so powerful that if you had the thought to bid farewell, you would actually be able to bid farewell.
91योग को योग अग्नि के रूप में कार्य में नहीं लगाते . yōg kō yōg agni kē|K rūp mē̃ kārya mē̃ nahī̃ lagātē . yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] agni[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . yoga to yoga fire (of|K) Rup in task in not attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
86You are not using yoga in the form of the fire of yoga.
92इसलिए योग को पावरफुल बनाओ . isliē yōg kō powerful banāō . isliē yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] powerful banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore yoga to powerful create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
87Therefore, make your yoga powerful.
93एकाग्रता की शक्ति विशेष संस्कार भस्म करने में आवश्यक है . ēkāgratā kī śhakti viśhēṣh saṅskār bhasma karnē mē̃ āvaśhyak hai . ēkāgratā kī śhakti[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] saṅskār[x] bhasm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . power of concentration special sanskar burnt away do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in x be[pres.sg.23] .
88The power of concentration is especially necessary to burn particular sanskars.
94जिस स्वरूप में एकाग्र होने चाहो , जितना समय एकाग्र होने चाहो , ऐसी एकाग्रता संकल्प किया और भस्म . jis svarūp mē̃ ēkāgr hōnē chāhō , jitnā samay ēkāgr hōnē chāhō , aisī ēkāgratā saṅkalp kiyā aur bhasma . jō[pn.sg.o.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēkāgr[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēkāgr[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ēkāgratā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur bhasm[n.m.;sg.,d.] . that form in concentrated be[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , the more time concentrated be[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , such concentration thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and burnt away .
89Whatever form you wish to become stable in, for however long you wish to become stable in that, you just have a concentrated thought and you will be able to burn it.
95इसको कहा जाता है योग अग्नि . iskō kahā jātā hai yōg agni . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] agni[x] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) yoga fire .
90This is called the fire of yoga.
96नामनिशान समाप्त . nāmniśhān samāpt . nām niśhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] . x finished .
91All name and trace finish.
97मारने में फिर भी लाश तो रहता है ना . mārnē mē̃ phir bhī lāśh tō rahtā hai nā . mārnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] phir bhī[x] lāśh[n.f.;sg.] tō rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . beat[inf.m.pl.,o.] in nevertheless corpse then remain[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
92When you kill something, the corpse still remains.
98भस्म होने के बाद नामनिशान खत्म . bhasma hōnē kē bād nāmniśhān khatm . bhasm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] nām niśhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] . burnt away be[inf.m.pl.,o.] after x finished .
93When it is burnt, all name and trace of it finishes.
99तो इस वर्ष योग को पावरफुल स्टेज में लाओ . tō is varṣh yōg kō powerful stage mē̃ lāō . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] powerful stage mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this year yoga to powerful stage in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
94So, this year, let your yoga reach a powerful stage.
100जिस स्वरूप में रहने चाहो मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान , आर्डर करो , समाप्त करने की शक्ति आपके आर्डर से नहीं माने , यह हो नहीं सकता . jis svarūp mē̃ rahnē chāhō master sarvśhaktivān , order karō , samāpt karnē kī|key śhakti āpkē order sē nahī̃ mānē , yah hō nahī̃ saktā . jō[pn.sg.o.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] , order karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , samāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kē] order sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] mānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|mānnā[opt.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . that form in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] master Almighty Authority , order do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , finished do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) Shakti you[.kē] order from not (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) , this (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
95Whatever form you wish to stay in, when you, a master almighty authority, issue an order to the power to finish something, it is not possible that that power would not obey your order.
101मालिक हो . mālik hō . mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
96You are the masters.
102मास्टर कहलाते हो ना ? master kahlātē hō nā ? master kahlānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? master call[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
97You call yourselves masters, do you not?
103तो मास्टर आर्डर करे और शक्ति हाजिर नहीं हो तो क्या वह मास्टर है ? tō master order karē aur śhakti hājir nahī̃ hō tō kyā vah master hai ? tō master order karnā[opt.sg.23] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hāzir[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō kyā vah[pn.sg.d.] master hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then master order do[opt.sg.23] and Shakti present not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then what that master be[pres.sg.23] ?
98If a master issues an order and the power doesn't present itself, then is that one a master?
104तो बापदादा ने देखा कि पुराने संस्कार का कुछ न कुछ अंश अभी भी रहा हुआ है और वह अंश बीच-बीच में वंश भी पैदा कर देता है , जो कर्म तक भी काम हो जाता है . tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki purānē saṅskār kā kuchh na kuchh aṅśh abhī bhī rahā huā hai aur vah aṅśh bīch-bīch mē̃ vanśh bhī paidā kar dētā hai , jō karma tak bhī kām hō jātā hai . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh aṅśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] aṅśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] vanśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] , jō[pn.;d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak bhī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that old sanskar of anything not anything trace now too (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and that trace x dynasty too born do[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] , that deed until too (lust|task) be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
99BapDada has seen that even now, there is still a trace of one old sanskar or another and that that trace creates a progeny every now and again, which then makes you put it into action.
105युद्ध करनी पड़ती है . yuddha karnī paṛtī hai . yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] . battle do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] .
100You then have to battle.
106तो बापदादा को बच्चों का समय प्रमाण युद्ध का स्वरूप भाता नहीं है . tō bāpdādā kō bachchō̃ kā samay pramāṇ yuddha kā svarūp bhātā nahī̃ hai . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada to child of time (under) battle of form be liked[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
101So, according to the time, BapDada doesn't like the present battling form of the children.
107बापदादा हर बच्चे को मालिक के रूप में देखने चाहता . bāpdādā har|her bachchē kō mālik kē|K rūp mē̃ dēkhnē chāhtā . bāpdādā harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada (x[root]|x) child to master (of|K) Rup in see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
102BapDada wishes to see every child in the form of a master.
108आर्डर करो जी हजूर . order karō jī hajūr . order karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jīnā[root]|jī[x]|jīnā[past-part.f.] hajūr . order do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (live[root]|ji|live[past-part.f.]) Lord .
103When you issue an order, the power should become present.
109तो सुना इस वर्ष स्व के प्रति क्या करना है ? tō sunā is varṣh sva kē prati kyā karnā hai ? tō sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sva kē prati[x] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? then (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) this year x for what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
104So, did you hear what you have to do for the self this year?
110शक्तिशाली , बेफिकर बादशाह क्योंकि सभी का लक्ष्य है , किसी से भी पूछो तो क्या कहते हैं ? śhaktiśhālī , bēphikar bādśhāh kyōṅki sabhī kā lakṣhya hai , kisī sē bhī pūchhō tō kyā kahtē haĩ ? śhaktiśhālī[adj.] , bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyōṅki sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? powerful , carefree emperor because all of aim be[pres.sg.23] , (some|anything) from too ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
105To be a powerful carefree emperor, because this is everyone's aim. 106When you ask everyone, what do they say?
111हम विश्व का राज्य प्राप्त करेंगे , राज्य अधिकारी बनेंगे . ham viśhva kā rājya prāpt karē̃gē , rājya adhikārī banē̃gē . ham[pn.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . we world of kingdom reach , master become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
107We will claim the kingdom of the world; we will claim a right to the kingdom.
112अपने को राजयोगी कहलाते हैं . apnē kō rājyōgī kahlātē haĩ . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] rājyōgī[adj.] kahlānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . one’s own to Raja Yogi call[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
108You call yourselves Raj Yogis.
113प्रजायोगी है क्या ? prajāyōgī hai kyā ? prajā-yōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā ? praja-yogi be[pres.sg.23] what ?
109Are you praja yogis (yogis who become subjects)?
114कोई है सारी सभा में जो प्रजायोगी हो ? kōī hai sārī sabhā mē̃ jō prajāyōgī hō ? kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] prajā-yōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? some be[pres.sg.23] the whole court in that praja-yogi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
110Is anyone in this whole gathering a praja yogi?
115है ? hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? be[pres.sg.23] ? 116जो प्रजा योगी हो राजयोगी नहीं हो . jō prajā yōgī hō rājyōgī nahī̃ hō . jō[pn.;d.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] yōgī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] rājyōgī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that x yogi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) Raja Yogi not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
111Is there anyone who is a praja yogi and not a Raj Yogi?
117टीचर्स कोई है ? teachers kōī hai ? teacher kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? teacher some be[pres.sg.23] ?
112Teachers, is anyone like that?
118आपके सेन्टर पर कोई प्रजायोगी है ? āpkē centre par kōī prajāyōgī hai ? āp[pn.pl.kē] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] kōī[pn.;d.] prajā-yōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you[.kē] centre (at|other) some praja-yogi be[pres.sg.23] ?
113Is anyone at your centre a praja yogi?
119कहलाते तो सब राजयोगी हैं . kahlātē tō sab rājyōgī haĩ . kahlānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō sab[adj.] rājyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . call[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then all Raja Yogi be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
114All of you are called Raj Yogis.
120हाथ कोई नहीं उठाता प्रजा योगी में . hāth kōī nahī̃ uṭhātā prajā yōgī mē̃ . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] yōgī[x] mē̃[postp.] . hand some not uplift[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x yogi in .
115None of you are raising your hands as praja yogis.
121अच्छा नहीं लगता ना . achchhā nahī̃ lagtā nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nā . achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
116You don't like that, do you?
122और बाप को भी फखुर है . aur bāp kō bhī phakhur hai . aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and father to too intoxication be[pres.sg.23] .
117And the Father too has this intoxication.
123बापदादा फखुर से कहते हैं कि संगम पर भी हर बच्चा राजा बच्चा है . bāpdādā phakhur sē kahtē haĩ ki saṅgam par bhī har|her bachchā rājā bachchā hai . bāpdādā fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that confluence (at|other) too (x[root]|x) child king child be[pres.sg.23] .
118BapDada says with intoxication that, at the confluence age, every child is a kingly child.
124कोई बाप ऐसे फलक से नहीं कह सकता कि मेरा एक-एक बच्चा राजा है . kōī bāp aisē phalak sē nahī̃ kah saktā ki mērā ēk-ēk bachchā rājā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some father such sparkle of intoxication from not say[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] that I[.kā] one child king be[pres.sg.23] .
119No other father could say with such intoxication that every child of his is a king.
125लेकिन बापदादा कहते हैं कि हर एक बच्चा स्वराज्य अधिकारी राजा है . lēkin bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ki har ēk bachchā svarājya adhikārī rājā hai . lēkin bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] svarājya adhikārī[x] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that each one child self-sovereign king be[pres.sg.23] .
120However, BapDada says that every child of His is a self-sovereign king.
126प्रजायोगी में तो हाथ नहीं उठाया ना , तो राजा हो ना ! prajāyōgī mē̃ tō hāth nahī̃ uṭhāyā nā , tō rājā hō nā ! prajā-yōgī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] tō hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā , tō rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! praja-yogi in then hand not uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ , then king (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
121You didn't raise your hands for being praja yogis; so you are kings, are you not?
127लेकिन ऐसा ढीलाढाला राजा नहीं बनना जो आर्डर करो और आवे नहीं . lēkin aisā ḍhīlāḍhālā rājā nahī̃ bannā jō order karō aur āvē nahī̃ . lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ḍhīlā-ḍhālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] order karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur ānā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . but such weak king not become[inf.m.sg.d.] that order do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and come[opt.sg.23] not .
122However, you must not be a weak king, so that even when you order someone to come, he doesn't come.
128कमज़ोर राजा नहीं बनना . kamzōr rājā nahī̃ bannā . kamjōr[adj.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . weak king not become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
123Do not become a weak king.
129पीछे वाले कौन हो ? pīchhē vālē kaun hō ? pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? x those who who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
124What are those who are sitting at the back?
130जो समझते हैं राजयोगी हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ rājyōgī haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] rājyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Raja Yogi be[pres.pl.12hon3] that raise your hands .
125Those of you who believe that you are Raj Yogis, raise your hands!
131ऊपर भी बैठे हैं , ( गैलरी में , आज हॉल में 18 हजार भाई-बहनें बैठे हैं ) बापदादा देख रहे हैं , हाथ उठाओ ऊपर वाले . ūpar bhī baiṭhē haĩ , ( gallery mē̃ , āj hall mē̃ 18 hajār bhāī-bahanē̃ baiṭhē haĩ ) bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ , hāth uṭhāō ūpar vālē . ūpar bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , ( gallery mē̃[postp.] , āj hall mē̃[postp.] 18 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī-bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ūpar vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . over too sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , ( x in , today hall in 18 1000 brother and sister sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , raise your hands over those who .
126Some are even sitting in the gallery. 127(Today, there are 18,000 brothers and sisters in the hall and the gallery.) 128BapDada is seeing you. 129Those sitting in the gallery, raise your hands!
132तो अभी यह लास्ट टर्न में शुरू हो जायेगा . tō abhī yah last turn mē̃ śhurū hō jāyēgā . tō ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] last tum mē̃[postp.] śhurū hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then now this last you in x .
130So, now, this will begin the last turn.
133तो तीन मास बापदादा देते हैं , ठीक है देवें . tō tīn mās bāpdādā dētē haĩ , ṭhīk hai dēvē̃ . tō tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then x (month|x) BapDada give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , OK be[pres.sg.23] give[opt.pl.12hon3] .
131So BapDada is now giving you three months. 132Is that all right? 133Should Baba give you that?
134होमवर्क देंगे . homework dēgē . home work dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . homework give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
134Will you hand in your homework?
135क्योंकि यह बीच-बीच का होमवर्क भी लास्ट पेपर में जमा होगा . kyōṅki yah bīch-bīch kā homework bhī last paper mē̃ jamā hōgā . kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] bīch kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] home work bhī[p.] last paper mē̃[postp.] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . because this centre of homework too last paper in (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[fut.m.sg.23] .
135Because this homework that you are given every now and then will be accumulated in the last paper.
136तो तीन मास में हर एक अपना चार्ट चेक करना तो मैं मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान होकर किसी भी कर्मेन्द्रिय को , किसी भी शक्ति को जब आर्डर करें , जो आर्डर करें वह प्रैक्टिकल में आर्डर माना या नहीं माना ? tō tīn mās mē̃ har ēk apnā chart check karnā tō maĩ master sarvśhaktivān hōkar kisī bhī karmēndriy kō , kisī bhī śhakti kō jab order karē̃ , jō order karē̃ vah practical mē̃ order mānā yā nahī̃ mānā ? tō tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] chart check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] hōnā[abs.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] , kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] jab order karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] order karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] practical mē̃[postp.] order mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā yā nahī̃[neg] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā ? then x (month|x) in each one (one’s own|adopt[root]) chart check do[inf.m.sg.d.] then I master Almighty Authority be[abs.] (some|anything) too physical organ to , (some|anything) too Shakti to when order do[opt.pl.12hon3] , that order do[opt.pl.12hon3] that practical in order (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) or not (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) ?
136So, for three months each one of you should check your chart: When, I, a master almighty authority, order any of the physical organs or any of the powers, is that order obeyed in a practical way or not?
137कर सकते हो ? kar saktē hō ? karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
137Are you able to do this?
138पहली लाइन वाले कर सकते हो ? pahlī line vālē kar saktē hō ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? x line those who do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
138Are those sitting in the first row able to do this?
139हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
139Raise your hands!
140अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
140Achcha.
141तीन मास कोई भी पुराना संस्कार वार नहीं करे . tīn mās kōī bhī purānā saṅskār war|vār nahī̃ karē . tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī bhī[x] purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] war|vār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] . x (month|x) anyone old sanskar (war|x) not do[opt.sg.23] .
141For three months, none of your old sanskars should attack you.
142अलबेले नहीं बनना , रॉयल अलबेलापन नहीं लाना , हो जायेगा . albēlē nahī̃ bannā , royal albēlāpan nahī̃ lānā , hō jāyēgā . albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , royal albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . careless not become[inf.m.sg.d.] , royal carelessness not x[inf.m.sg.d.] , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
142Do not be careless! 143Do not allow royal carelessness to come by thinking it will happen by the end.
143बापदादा से बहुत मीठी मीठी बातें करते हैं , कहते हैं बाबा आप फिकर नहीं करो , हो जाऊँगा . bāpdādā sē bahut mīṭhī mīṭhī bātē̃ kartē haĩ , kahtē haĩ bābā āp phikar nahī̃ karō , hō jāū̃gā . bāpdādā sē[postp.] bahut mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bābā āp[pn.pl.] phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.1.root+jānā] . BapDada from very sweet sweet matter do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Baba you worry not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , be[fut.m.sg.1.root+jānā] .
144You have very sweet conversations with BapDada. 145You say: Baba, don't worry, I will become that.
144बापदादा क्या करेगा ? bāpdādā kyā karēgā ? bāpdādā kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? BapDada what do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
146What will BapDada do?
145सुनकर मुस्कुरा देता है . sunkar muskurā dētā hai . sunnā[abs.] muskarānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . listen[abs.] smile[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .
147He listens to this and smiles.
146लेकिन बापदादा इन तीन मास में अगर ऐसी बात की तो मानेगा नहीं . lēkin bāpdādā in tīn mās mē̃ agar aisī bāt kī|key tō mānēgā nahī̃ . lēkin bāpdādā in|yah[pn.pl.o.] tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] agar aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tō mānnā[fut.m.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . but BapDada (in|this) x (month|x) in if such matter (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) then x[fut.m.sg.23] not .
148However, if you speak in that way for these three months, BapDada will not believe you.
147मंजूर है . mañjūr hai . mañjūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . agree be[pres.sg.23] .
149Do you agree to this?
148हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
150Raise your hands!
149दिल से हाथ उठाना , सभा के कारण हाथ नहीं उठाना . dil sē hāth uṭhānā , sabhā kē|K kāraṇ hāth nahī̃ uṭhānā . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[x] , sabhā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . heart from raise your hands , court (of|K) because hand not uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] .
151Raise your hand with your heart, not just because of the gathering.
150करना ही है , चाहे कुछ भी सहन करना पड़े , कुछ छोड़ना पड़े , कोई हर्जा नहीं . karnā hī hai , chāhē kuchh bhī sahan karnā paṛē , kuchh chhōṛnā paṛē , kōī harjā nahī̃ . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kuchh bhī[x] sahan[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , kuchh chhōṛnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , kōī[pn.;d.] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) anything tolerance do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , anything renounce[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , some x not .
152"I have to do it; no matter what I have to tolerate or what I have to renounce, it doesn't matter.
151करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
153I definitely have to do this."
152पक्का ? pakkā ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? firm ?
154Pukka?
153पक्का ? pakkā ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? firm ?
155(Is it firm?)
154पक्का ? pakkā ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? firm ?
156Pukka?
155टीचर्स करना है ? teachers karnā hai ? teacher karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? teacher do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
157Teachers, are you going to do this?
156अच्छा , यह ताज वाले बच्चे क्या करेंगे ? achchhā , yah tāj vālē bachchē kyā karē̃gē ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? achcha , this crown those who child what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
158Achcha. 159What will these children with the crowns do?
157ताज तो अच्छा पहन लिया है ? tāj tō achchhā pahan liyā hai ? tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] ? crown then achcha x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] ?
160You have worn very good crowns.
158करना पड़ेगा . karnā paṛēgā . karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
161You too will have to do this.
159अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
162Achcha.
160देखना बच्चे हाथ उठा रहे हैं . dēkhnā bachchē hāth uṭhā rahē haĩ . dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . see[inf.m.sg.d.] child raise your hands .
163Look, even the children are raising their hands.
161अगर नहीं करेंगे तो क्या करें ? agar nahī̃ karē̃gē tō kyā karē̃ ? agar nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? if not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then what do[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
164What should we do if you don't do it?
162वह भी बता दो . vah bhī batā dō . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . that too tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
165Tell them that too.
163फिर बापदादा की सीजन में एक बार आने नहीं देंगे क्योंकि बापदादा देख रहे हैं कि समय आपका इन्तजार कर रहा है . phir bāpdādā kī|key season mē̃ ēk bār ānē nahī̃ dēgē kyōṅki bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ ki samay āpkā intjār kar rahā hai . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key season mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . (then|turn[root]) BapDada (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) season in one time (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) not give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that time you[.kā] wait do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
166Then BapDada will not allow you to come for one season because BapDada is seeing that time is waiting for you.
164आप समय का इन्तजार करने वाले नहीं हो , आप इन्तजाम करने वाले हो , समय आपका इन्तजार कर रहा है . āp samay kā intjār karnē vālē nahī̃ hō , āp intjām karnē vālē hō , samay āpkā intjār kar rahā hai . āp[pn.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] intzām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . you time of wait do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , you preparations do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , time you[.kā] wait do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
167You are not those who are waiting for time; you are those who are preparing yourselves and time is waiting for you.
165प्रकृति भी , सतोप्रधान प्रकृति आपका आह्वान कर रही है . prakr̥iti bhī , satōpradhān prakr̥iti āpkā āhvān kar rahī hai . prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] , satōpradhān[adj.] prakr̥iti[x] āp[pn.pl.kā] āhvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . matter too , satopradhan matter you[.kā] invocation do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
168Nature, the satopradhan elements are invoking you as well.
166तो तीन मास में अपनी शक्तिशाली स्टेज में रहे हुए संस्कार को परिवर्तन करना . tō tīn mās mē̃ apnī śhaktiśhālī stage mē̃ rahē huē saṅskār kō parivartan karnā . tō tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] stage mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then x (month|x) in one’s own powerful stage in (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sanskar to transformation do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
169So, in the three months, with your powerful stage, transform the sanskars that still remain.
167अगर तीन मास अटेन्शन रखा ना तो उसका आगे भी अभ्यास हो जायेगा . agar tīn mās attention rakhā nā tō uskā āgē bhī abhyās hō jāyēgā . agar tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] attention rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] nā tō vah[pn.sg.kā] āgē bhī[p.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . if x (month|x) attention (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) ∅ then that[.kā] previously too practice be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
170If you pay attention for three months, then that practice will be developed for the future too.
168एक बारी विधि आ गई ना परिवर्तन की तो काम में आयेगा बहुत . ēk bārī vidhi ā gaī nā parivartan kī|key tō kām mē̃ āyēgā bahut . ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tō kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] bahut . one x method come[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ transformation (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) then (lust|task) in come[fut.m.sg.23] very .
171Once you have learnt the method for transformation, it will be very useful.
169समय का आप इन्तजार नहीं करो , कब विनाश होगा , कब विनाश होगा , सब रूहरिहान में पूछते हैं , बाहर से नहीं बोलते लेकिन अन्दर बात करते हैं पता नहीं कब विनाश होगा , दो साल में होगा 10 साल में होगा , कितना साल में होगा ? samay kā āp intjār nahī̃ karō , kab vināśh hōgā , kab vināśh hōgā , sab rūhrihān mē̃ pūchhtē haĩ , bāhar sē nahī̃ bōltē lēkin andar bāt kartē haĩ patā nahī̃ kab vināśh hōgā , dō sāl mē̃ hōgā 10 sāl mē̃ hōgā , kitnā sāl mē̃ hōgā ? samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kab vināśh hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , kab vināśh hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , sab[adj.] rūhrihān[x] mē̃[postp.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bāhar sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] bōlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin andar bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kab vināśh hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] 10 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? time of you wait not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , when be destroyed , when be destroyed , all spiritual conversation in ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , outside from not speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but inside matter do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] knowledge not when be destroyed , (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) year in be[fut.m.sg.23] 10 year in be[fut.m.sg.23] , so year in be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
172You do not have to wait for time - When will destruction take place? 173When will destruction happen? 174You all ask this in your sweet conversations. 175You do not say anything externally, but internally you do speak about it: I don't know when destruction will take place. 176Will it be in two years or ten years? 177How many years are there still to go?
170आप क्यों समय का इन्तजार करो , समय आपका इन्तजार कर रहा है . āp kyō̃ samay kā intjār karō , samay āpkā intjār kar rahā hai . āp[pn.pl.] kyō̃ samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . you why time of wait do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , time you[.kā] wait do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
178Why should you wait for time? 179Time is waiting for you.
171बाप से पूछते हैं तारीख बता दो , थोड़ा सा वर्ष बता दो , 10 वर्ष लगेंगे , 20 वर्ष लगेंगे , कितना वर्ष लगेंगे ? bāp sē pūchhtē haĩ tārīkh batā dō , thōṛā sā varṣh batā dō , 10 varṣh lagē̃gē , 20 varṣh lagē̃gē , kitnā varṣh lagē̃gē ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , 10 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , 20 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? father from ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , short x year tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , 10 year x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , 20 year x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , so year x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
180You ask the Father to tell you the date, to give you the year. 181Will it take 10 years, 20 years? 182How many years will it take?
172बापदादा बच्चों से प्रश्न पूछते हैं कि आप सब बाप समान बन गये हो ? bāpdādā bachchō̃ sē praśhna pūchhtē haĩ ki āp sab bāp samān ban gayē hō ? bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bāp samān[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ? BapDada child from question ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that you all equal to the Father become[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ?
183BapDada is asking you children a question: Have all of you become equal to the Father?
173पर्दा खोलें कि पर्दा खोलेंगे तो कोई कंघी कर रहा है , कोई फेस को क्रीम लगा रहा है , अगर एवररेडी हो , संस्कार समाप्त हो गये तो बापदादा को पर्दा खोलने में क्या देरी लगेगी . pardā khōlē̃ ki pardā khōlē̃gē tō kōī kaṅghī kar rahā hai , kōī face kō cream lagā rahā hai , agar ever ready hō , saṅskār samāpt hō gayē tō bāpdādā kō pardā khōlnē mē̃ kyā dērī lagēgī . pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khōlnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kōī[pn.;d.] kaṅghī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] face kō[postp.] cream lagnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|lagānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , agar ever ready hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , saṅskār[x] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kyā dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagnā[fut.f.sg.23] . curtains open[opt.pl.12hon3] that curtains open[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then some comb do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , some face to x (x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|attach[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) , if ever-ready (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , sanskar finished be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then BapDada to curtains open[inf.m.pl.,o.] in what x x[fut.f.sg.23] .
184Should we open the curtains? 185Or is it that if the curtains are opened, someone will be combing their hair, someone will be putting cream on their face? 186If you are ever-ready and your sanskars have finished, it will not take BapDada time to open the curtains.
174एवररेडी तो हो जाओ ना ! ever ready tō hō jāō nā ! ever ready tō hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] nā ! ever-ready then be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] ∅ !
187At least become ever-ready first!
175हो जायेंगे , हो जायेंगे कहके बाप को बहुत समय खुश किया है . hō jāyēṅgē , hō jāyēṅgē kahkē bāp kō bahut samay khuśh kiyā hai . hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] kahnā[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśh[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] say[conj.] father to very time happy do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
188You have pleased the Father for a long time, saying: I will become that, I will become that.
176अभी ऐसा नहीं करना . abhī aisā nahī̃ karnā . ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now such not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
189Now, do not do that any more.
177होना ही है , करना ही है . hōnā hī hai , karnā hī hai . hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
190It has to happen. 191You have to do it.
178बाप समान बनना है इसमें तो सभी हाथ उठा देते हैं , उठाने की जरूरत नहीं . bāp samān bannā hai ismē̃ tō sabhī hāth uṭhā dētē haĩ , uṭhānē kī|key jarūrat nahī̃ . bāp samān[x] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] tō sab[adv.hī] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . equal to the Father become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] this[.mē̃] then all raise your hands , uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) need not .
192All of you raise your hands for becoming equal to the Father. 193There is no need to raise them.
179ब्रह्मा बाप ने देखो साकार में तो ब्रह्मा बाप को फालो करना है ना ! brahmā bāp nē dēkhō sākār mē̃ tō brahmā bāp kō follow karnā hai nā ! brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! Brahma father ∅ see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sakar in then Brahma father to follow do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
194Look at Father Brahma! 195You will follow Father Brahma in the corporeal form, will you not?
180ब्रह्मा बाप ने त्याग , तपस्या और सेवा लास्ट घड़ी तक साकार रूप में प्रैक्टिकल दिखाया . brahmā bāp nē tyāg , tapasyā aur sēvā last ghaṛī tak sākār rūp mē̃ practical dikhāyā . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] last ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tak sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] practical dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Brahma father ∅ (renounce[root]|renunciation) , tapasya and service last moment until sakar Rup in practical x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
196Father Brahma demonstrated this by having renunciation, tapasya and service in a practical way until the last moment in the corporeal form.
181अपनी ड्युटी शिव बाप द्वारा महावाक्य उच्चारण की ड्युटी लास्ट दिन तक निभाई . apnī duty śhiv bāp dvārā mahāvākya uchchāraṇ kī|key duty last din tak nibhāī . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] duty śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā mahāvākya[n.m.;sg.,d.] uchchāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duty last din[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak nibhānā[past-part.f.] . one’s own duty Shiva father through elevated version x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) duty last day until fulfil[past-part.f.] .
197He fulfilled his duty of allowing Father Shiva to speak the elevated versions until the last day.
182याद है ना ? yād hai nā ? yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
198You remember this, do you not?
183लास्ट मुरली . last murlī . last murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . last flute .
199The last murli.
184तीन शब्द का वरदान , याद है ? tīn śhabda kā vardān , yād hai ? tīn[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x word of blessing , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ?
200Do you remember the blessing of the three words?
185जिसको याद है वह हाथ उठाओ . jiskō yād hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.kō] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kō] remembrance be[pres.sg.23] that raise your hands .
201Those who remember them, raise your hands!
186अच्छा सभी को याद है , मुबारक हो . achchhā sabhī kō yād hai , mubārak hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha all to remembrance be[pres.sg.23] , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
202Achcha, everyone remembers it. 203Congratulations!
187त्याग भी लास्ट दिन तक किया , अपना पुराना कमरा नहीं छोड़ा . tyāg bhī last din tak kiyā , apnā purānā kamrā nahī̃ chhōṛā . tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] last din[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kamrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (renounce[root]|renunciation) too last day until do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (one’s own|adopt[root]) old x not renounce[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
204He had renunciation till the last day. 205He didn't renounce his old room.
188बच्चों ने कितना प्यार से ब्रह्मा बाप को कहा लेकिन बच्चों के लिए बनाया , स्वयं नहीं यूज किया . bachchō̃ nē kitnā pyār sē brahmā bāp kō kahā lēkin bachchō̃ kē liē banāyā , svayã nahī̃ use kiyā . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , svayã nahī̃[neg] use karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . child ∅ so love from Brahma father to say[past-part.m.sg.d.] but child for create[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x not use do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
206The children requested Father Brahma with so much love (to live in the new buildings), but he made everything for the children, and didn't use it himself.
189और सदा अढ़ाई तीन बजे उठकर स्वयं प्रति तपस्या की , संस्कार भस्म किये तब कमार्कतीत अव्यक्त बने , फरिश्ता बने . aur sadā aṛhāī tīn bajē uṭhkar svayã prati tapasyā kī|key , saṅskār bhasma kiyē tab kamārkatīt avyakt banē , phariśhtā banē . aur sadā aṛhāī[adj.] tīn[adj.] bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[abs.] svayã prati tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , saṅskār[x] bhasma karnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tab x avyakt[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] . and constantly two and a half x (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) wake up[abs.] x for tapasya (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , sanskar x for only then x avyakt (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) , angel (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) .
207He always woke up at 2.30 or 3.00 am and did tapasya for the self. 208He burnt his sanskars, for that is how he became karmateet, avyakt and an angel.
190जो सोचा वह करके दिखाया . jō sōchā vah karkē dikhāyā . jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . that think[past-part.m.sg.d.] that do[abs.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
209He demonstrated by doing practically whatever he thought.
191कहना , सोचना और करना तीनों समान . kahnā , sōchnā aur karnā tīnō̃ samān . kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tīnō̃[adj.] samān[adj.] . say[inf.m.sg.d.] , think[inf.m.sg.d.] and do[inf.m.sg.d.] all three equal .
210His speaking, thinking and doing were all equal.
192फालो फादर . follow father . follow father[x] . follow the Father .
211Follow the father.
193लास्ट तक अपने कर्तव्य में पूर्ण रहे , पत्र भी लिखे , कितने पत्र लिखे ? last tak apnē kartavya mē̃ pūrṇ rahē , patra bhī likhē , kitnē patra likhē ? last tak apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pūrṇ[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] likhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|likhnā[opt.sg.23] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|likhnā[opt.sg.23] ? last until one’s own activity in x (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , x too (write[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|write[opt.sg.23]) , so x (write[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|write[opt.sg.23]) ?
212Till the last moment, he remained engaged in his task. 213He wrote letters. 214How many letters did he write?
194सेवा भी नहीं छोड़ी . sēvā bhī nahī̃ chhōṛī . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[past-part.f.] . service too not renounce[past-part.f.] .
215He didn't stop doing service.
195फॉलो फादर . follow father . follow father[x] . follow the Father .
216Follow the Father.
196अखण्ड महादानी , महादानी नहीं , अखण्ड महादानी का प्रैक्टिकल रूप दिखाया , अन्त तक . akhaṇḍ mahādānī , mahādānī nahī̃ , akhaṇḍ mahādānī kā practical rūp dikhāyā , ant tak . akhaṇḍ[adj.] mahādānī[adj.] , mahādānī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] , akhaṇḍ[adj.] mahādānī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] practical rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak . constant great donor , great donor not , constant great donor of practical Rup x[past-part.m.sg.d.] , end until .
217He was a great donor continuously, not just a great donor, but he showed the practical form of being a great donor continuously (akhand) till the last moment.
197लास्ट तक बिना आधार के तपस्वी रूप में बैठे . last tak binā ādhār kē|K tapasvī rūp mē̃ baiṭhē . last tak binā ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tapasvī[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] . last until without basis (of|K) tapaswi Rup in (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) .
218Till the last moment he sat in his tapaswi form, without any physical support.
198अभी बच्चे तो आधार लेते हैं ना , बैठने का . abhī bachchē tō ādhār lētē haĩ nā , baiṭhnē kā . ab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . now child then basis take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] of . 199लेकिन ब्रह्मा बाप ने आदि से अन्त तक तपस्वी रूप रखा . lēkin brahmā bāp nē ādi sē ant tak tapasvī rūp rakhā . lēkin brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak tapasvī[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] . but Brahma father ∅ etc. from end until tapaswi Rup (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) .
219Now, you children take support for sitting down, but Father Brahma kept a tapaswi form from the beginning to the end.
200आंखों में चश्मा नहीं डाला . āṅkhō̃ mē̃ chaśhmā nahī̃ ḍālā . āṅkh[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] chaśhmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ḍālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . eye in x not create[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
220He didn't wear glasses.
201यह सूक्ष्म शक्ति है . yah sūkṣhma śhakti hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] sūkṣhma[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this subtle Shakti be[pres.sg.23] .
221This is subtle power.
202निराधार . nirādhār . nirādhār[adj.] . free from any support .
222Free from support.
203शरीर पुराना है , दिनप्रतिदिन प्रकृति हवा पानी दूषित हो रहा है इसलिए बापदादा आपको कहते नहीं हैं , क्यों आधार लेते हो , क्यों चश्मा पहनते हो , पहनो भले पहनो , लेकिन शक्तिशाली स्थिति जरूर बनाओ . śharīr purānā hai , dinpratidin prakr̥iti havā pānī dūṣhit hō rahā hai isliē bāpdādā āpkō kahtē nahī̃ haĩ , kyō̃ ādhār lētē hō , kyō̃ chaśhmā pahantē hō , pahanō bhalē pahanō , lēkin śhaktiśhālī sthiti jarūr banāō . śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pratidin prakr̥iti[x] havā[n.f.;sg.] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] dūṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] isliē bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.kō] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kyō̃ ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2] , kyō̃ chaśhmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahannā[pres.pl.m.2] , pahannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , lēkin śhaktiśhālī[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] zarūr banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . body old be[pres.sg.23] , day by day matter x (water|x[inf.f.]) polluted be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] therefore BapDada you[.kō] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , why basis take[pres.pl.m.2] , why x x[pres.pl.m.2] , x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] benefit x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , but powerful stage definitely create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
223The body is old, and day by day, the climate, air and water are getting polluted and this is why BapDada is not asking you why you take support or why you wear glasses. 224You may wear them. 225However, you must definitely make your stage powerful.
204सारी विश्व का कार्य समाप्त किया है ? sārī viśhva kā kārya samāpt kiyā hai ? sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? the whole world of task x ?
226Have you finished the work of the whole world?
205बापदादा आपसे प्रश्न पूछता है , आप सभी सन्तुष्ट हो कि विश्व कल्याण का कार्य पूरा हो गया है ? bāpdādā āpsē praśhna pūchhtā hai , āp sabhī santuṣhṭ hō ki viśhva kalyāṇ kā kārya pūrā hō gayā hai ? bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.sē] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūchhnā[pres.sg.m.23] , āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? BapDada you[.sē] question ask[pres.sg.m.23] , you all content (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that world benefit of task full be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
227BapDada is asking you a question: Are all of you satisfied that the work for world benefit has been completed?
206है , जो समझते हैं कि विश्व कल्याण का कार्य समाप्त हो गया है , वह हाथ उठाओ . hai , jō samajhtē haĩ ki viśhva kalyāṇ kā kārya samāpt hō gayā hai , vah hāth uṭhāō . hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . be[pres.sg.23] , that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that world benefit of task finished be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , that raise your hands .
228Are you? 229Those who believe that the task for world benefit is completed, raise your hands!
207एक भी नहीं ? ēk bhī nahī̃ ? ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] ? one too not ?
230Not a single one?
208तो कैसे कहते हो विनाश होगा ? tō kaisē kahtē hō vināśh hōgā ? tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] vināśh hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? then how say[pres.pl.m.2] be destroyed ?
231So, how can you say that destruction will take place?
209काम तो पूरा किया नहीं . kām tō pūrā kiyā nahī̃ . kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō pūrā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . (lust|task) then make full not .
232You haven't completed your work yet!
210सभी पूछते हैं नये वर्ष में क्या करें ? sabhī pūchhtē haĩ nayē varṣh mē̃ kyā karē̃ ? sab[adv.hī] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? all ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] new year in what do[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
233Everyone is asking: What should we do in the New Year?
211क्वेश्चन है . question hai . question hōnā[pres.sg.23] . question be[pres.sg.23] .
234You have this question.
212बापदादा कहते हैं सन्देश देने के मेगा प्रोग्राम तो बहुत किये हैं , बापदादा मुबारक देते हैं , किया है अच्छा किया है लेकिन सन्देश दिया है , अनुभव नहीं कराया है . bāpdādā kahtē haĩ sandēśh dēnē kē|K mega programme tō bahut kiyē haĩ , bāpdādā mubārak dētē haĩ , kiyā hai achchhā kiyā hai lēkin sandēśh diyā hai , anubhav nahī̃ karāyā hai . bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mega programme[x] tō bahut karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin sandēśh[x] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) mega programme then very do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but message give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , experience not make commit[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
235BapDada says: You have had many mega programmes to give the message. 236BapDada is congratulating you for that. 237You have done that and done it well, but you have just given a message and not given an experience.
213इसके लिए जैसे अभी जहाँ तहाँ एक दो को उमंग उत्साह दिलाते या उमंग-उत्साह देखकरके भी उमंग-उत्साह से किया है , रिजल्ट भी अच्छी है लेकिन अब ऐसा प्लैन बनाओ जिसमें रॉयल प्रजा तो बन जाये . iskē liē jaisē abhī jahā̃ tahā̃ ēk dō kō umaṅg utsāh dilātē yā umaṅg-utsāh dēkhkarkē bhī umaṅg-utsāh sē kiyā hai , result bhī achchhī hai lēkin ab aisā plan banāō jismē̃ royal prajā tō ban jāyē . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] jahā̃ tahā̃[x] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yā umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[abs.] bhī[p.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , result bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] royal prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) like now x one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to zeal enthusiasm x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] or zeal and enthusiasm see[abs.] too zeal and enthusiasm from do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , result too achcha be[pres.sg.23] but now such plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.mē̃] royal x then become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
238For that, just as you encourage one another every now and again, or seeing the zeal and enthusiasm, you also do everything with zeal and enthusiasm, the result is good; you must now make such a plan that even royal subjects are created.
214रॉयल प्रजा अर्थात् नजदीक कनेक्शन में आने वाले . royal prajā arthāt najdīk connection mē̃ ānē vālē . royal prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt nazdīk connection mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . royal x that is x connection in (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who .
239Royal subjects means those who come into close connection.
215सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में हैं , पहले तो 9 लाख तैयार करो , अभी 9 लाख हो गये हैं ? sambandh-sampark mē̃ haĩ , pahlē tō 9 lākh taiyār karō , abhī 9 lākh hō gayē haĩ ? sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō 9 lākh[x] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ab[adv.hī] 9 lākh[x] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ? x in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x|firstly) then 9 100,000 x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , now 9 100,000 be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ?
240They are in relationship and contact. 241First of all at least prepare 900,000. Are 900,000 ready now?
216हुए हैं ? huē haĩ ? hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
242Are they?
2179 लाख हुए हैं ? 9 lākh huē haĩ ? 9 lākh[x] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? 9 100,000 be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
243Are 900,000 ready?
218कौन लिस्ट निकालता है ? kaun list nikāltā hai ? kaun[pn.;d.] list nikālnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? who list x[pres.sg.m.23] ?
244Who will make a list?
219 ( लिस्ट अभी आयेगी , पिछले साल की 8 लाख 12 हजार है ) लेकिन 9 लाख अगर तैयार हुए हैं तो किस प्रकार के तैयार हुए हैं , क्या नजदीक रॉयल प्रजा के योग्य हैं ? ( list abhī āyēgī , pichhlē sāl kī|key 8 lākh 12 hajār hai ) lēkin 9 lākh agar taiyār huē haĩ tō kis prakār kē|K taiyār huē haĩ , kyā najdīk royal prajā kē|K yōgya haĩ ? ( list ab[adv.hī] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] , pichhlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key 8 lākh[x] 12 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) lēkin 9 lākh[x] agar taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tō kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , kyā nazdīk royal prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K yōgya[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? ( list now come[fut.f.sg.23] , past year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) 8 100,000 12 1000 be[pres.sg.23] ) but 9 100,000 if x be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] then (what|who) form (of|K) x be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , what x royal x (of|K) worthy be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
245(A list will come now. 246Last year, it was 812,000). 247If 900,000 are ready, of what quality are those who are ready? 248Are they worthy to be royal subjects who are close?
220यह भी तो चेक करना पड़ेगा ना . yah bhī tō check karnā paṛēgā nā . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tō check karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] nā . this too then check do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] ∅ .
249This will have to be checked too, will it not?
221अच्छा , अभी पोतामेल निकालना . achchhā , abhī pōtāmēl nikālnā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] pōtāmēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . achcha , now account(s) x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
250Achcha. 251Now, check your chart.
222एक तो 9 लाख पहले जन्म की प्रजा , रॉयल फैमिली तो चाहिए ना . ēk tō 9 lākh pahlē janm kī|key prajā , royal family tō chāhiē nā . ēk[adj.] tō 9 lākh[x] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , royal family[x] tō chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] nā . one then 9 100,000 (x|firstly) (life|be born[root]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x , royal family then (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ∅ .
252One is the 900,000, the population of the first birth. 253The royal family is needed, is it not?
223अगर विनाश कल कर दें तो रॉयल प्रजा तैयार है ? agar vināśh kal kar dē̃ tō royal prajā taiyār hai ? agar vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kal karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] tō royal prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? if destruction x do[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] then royal x x be[pres.sg.23] ?
254If we bring about destruction tomorrow, are the royal subjects ready?
224है तैयार ? hai taiyār ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] taiyār[adj.] ? be[pres.sg.23] x ?
255Are they ready?
225कि तैयार करना पड़ेगा ? ki taiyār karnā paṛēgā ? ki[conj.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] ? that x do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] ?
256Or, will you have to get them ready?
226ऐसे मिलायेंगे तो मिल भी जायेंगे 9 लाख , लेकिन क्वालिटी भी चाहिए , संबंध सम्पर्क वाले मिलायेंगे तो 9 लाख हो जायेगा . aisē milāyēṅgē tō mil bhī jāyēṅgē 9 lākh , lēkin quality bhī chāhiē , sambandh samparka vālē milāyēṅgē tō 9 lākh hō jāyēgā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] milānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō milnā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] 9 lākh[x] , lēkin quality bhī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] milānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō 9 lākh[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . such x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then receive[root] too go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] 9 100,000 , but x too (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , relationship x those who x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then 9 100,000 be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . 227लेकिन बापदादा कहते हैं पहले जन्म वाली प्रजा तो अच्छे नम्बर वाली होगी ना . lēkin bāpdādā kahtē haĩ pahlē janm vālī prajā tō achchhē number vālī hōgī nā . lēkin bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] number vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā . but BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (x|firstly) (life|be born[root]) those who x then achcha number those who be[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ .
257If you try to find them like that, you will find 900,000, but quality is also needed. 258If you count those who are in relationship and contact, then it would be 900,000, but BapDada says that the subjects of the first birth will be those who have claimed a good number, will they not?
228क्योंकि उन्हों को भी सब वन वन नम्बर मिलना है , वन नम्बर तारीख वन होगी , संवत वन होगा , राजाई वन होगी , तो ऐसी क्वालिटी पहले यह चेक करो 9 लाख तैयार हैं ? kyōṅki unhō̃ kō bhī sab one one number milnā hai , one number tārīkh one hōgī , saṃvat one hōgā , rājāī one hōgī , tō aisī quality pahlē yah check karō 9 lākh taiyār haĩ ? kyōṅki vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sab[adj.] one one number milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , one number tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] one hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , saṃvat[x] one hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , rājāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] one hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] quality pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] 9 lākh[x] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? because that to too all one one number receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , one number x one be[fut.f.sg.23] , era one be[fut.m.sg.23] , kingdom one be[fut.f.sg.23] , then such x (x|firstly) this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] 9 100,000 x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
259Because they are also to receive number one in everything. 260They will be the first number, the date will be one, the period will be one, the kingdom will be one. 261Therefore, check that 900,000 of this quality are ready.
229रॉयल प्रजा तैयार है ? royal prajā taiyār hai ? royal prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? royal x x be[pres.sg.23] ?
262Are the royal subjects ready?
230रॉयल फैमिली तो तैयार होनी चाहिए . royal family tō taiyār hōnī chāhiē . royal family[x] tō taiyār[adj.] hōnā[.oblig3] . royal family then x be[.oblig3] .
263The royal family should be ready.
231है भी , थोड़ा सिर्फ इस वर्ष में संस्कार को खत्म करना . hai bhī , thōṛā sirph is varṣh mē̃ saṅskār kō khatm karnā . hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhī[p.] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sirph[adj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . be[pres.sg.23] too , short only this year in sanskar to finished do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
264It is, but this year, they just have to finish some sanskars.
232बापदादा का यह संकल्प है कि हर सेन्टर इस योग अभ्यास का आफीशल प्रोग्राम अपने अपने सेन्टर में रखे और लक्ष्य रखे एक ही तारीख पर देश विदेश का समय मिलाकर अखबार में निकले कि ब्रह्माकुमारियों के इतने सेन्टर्स में एक ही समय यह प्रोग्राम होना है . bāpdādā kā yah saṅkalp hai ki har|her centre is yōg abhyās kā official programme apnē apnē centre mē̃ rakhē aur lakṣhya rakhē ēk hī tārīkh par dēśh vidēśh kā samay milākar akhbār mē̃ nikalē ki brahmākumāriyō̃ kē|K itnē centres mē̃ ēk hī samay yah programme hōnā hai . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] harnā[root]|har|her centre yah[pn.sg.o.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] official programme apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rakhnā[opt.sg.23] aur lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rakhnā[opt.sg.23] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[abs.] akhbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] programme hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . BapDada of this thought be[pres.sg.23] that (x[root]|x) centre this yoga practice of official programme one’s own one’s own centre in (keep[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|keep[opt.sg.23]) and aim (keep[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|keep[opt.sg.23]) one only x (at|other) land abroad of time x[abs.] newspaper in (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that Brahma Kumari (of|K) such centre in one only time this programme be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
265BapDada has the thought that every centre should have an official programme for this yoga practice and have the aim that it should be printed in the papers in this land and abroad that the Brahma Kumaris are going to have the same programme at so many centres on the same day.
233और एम रखो सिर्फ कामेन्ट्री से योग नहीं कराओ , अनुभव कराओ . aur aim|M|am rakhō sirph kāmēnṭrī sē yōg nahī̃ karāō , anubhav karāō . aur aim|M|be rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sirph[adj.] x sē[postp.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and (x|be) keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] only x from yoga not make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
266Also have the aim that you won't have yoga with just a commentary but that you will give them an experience.
234अनुभव पक्का बनाती है . anubhav pakkā banātī hai . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres.sg.f.23] . experience firm create[pres.sg.f.23] .
267An experience makes them strong.
235एक ही समय पर हर सेन्टर पर एक ही प्रोग्राम हो . ēk hī samay par har|her centre par ēk hī programme hō . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] harnā[root]|har|her centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] programme hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . one only time (at|other) (x[root]|x) centre (at|other) one only programme (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
268There should be the same programme at the same time at every centre.
236और हर एक सेन्टर अनुभव क्या किया , वह रिजल्ट लिखे . aur har ēk centre anubhav kyā kiyā , vah result likhē . aur har ēk[x] centre anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] result likhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|likhnā[opt.sg.23] . and each one centre experience what do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that result (write[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|write[opt.sg.23]) .
269Each centre should write the result of what everyone experienced.
237चाहे 3 दिन का प्रोग्राम कराओ चाहे एक दिन का कराओ लेकिन इकट्ठे चारों ओर जैसे थर्ड सण्डे सभी जगह रखते हो ना , अभी अनुभव कराने का प्रोग्राम चारों ओर एक समय लक्ष्य एक हो , लक्ष्य एक समय एक और चारों ओर हो . chāhē 3 din kā programme karāō chāhē ēk din kā karāō lēkin ikaṭṭhē chārō̃ ōr jaisē third Sunday sabhī jagah rakhtē hō nā , abhī anubhav karānē kā programme chārō̃ ōr ēk samay lakṣhya ēk hō , lakṣhya ēk samay ēk aur chārō̃ ōr hō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] 3 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] third[adj.] Sunday sab[adv.hī] jagah[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , ab[adv.hī] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme chārō̃ ōr[x] ēk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] lakṣhya[adj.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lakṣhya[adj.] ēk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] aur chārō̃ ōr[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) 3 day of programme make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) one day of make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but together everywhere like third Sunday all x keep[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , now experience make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] of programme everywhere one time aim one (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , aim one time one and everywhere (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 238तो देश वाले भी समझेंगे कि यह विश्व में पीस के लिए इतना इक् ù एक समय प्रोग्राम रखा है . tō dēśh vālē bhī samajhē̃gē ki yah viśhva mē̃ pīs|peace kē liē itnā ik ù ēk samay programme rakhā hai . tō dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] samajhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pīsnā[root]|peace kē liē[x] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x ù ēk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] programme rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then land those who too understand[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that this world in (crush[root]|peace) for such x ù one time programme keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
270You may have a one-day or a three-day programme, but it should be at the same time everywhere, just as you have the programme for the third Sunday. 271Now, aim to have a programme everywhere for giving an experience, so that people from this land will also understand that you have held a programme everywhere in the world at the same time to bring about peace in the world.
239लक्ष्य रखो अनुभवी बनाने का . lakṣhya rakhō anubhavī banānē kā . lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] anubhavī[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] experienced create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .
272Aim to make them experienced.
240सिर्फ सुनकर चले नहीं जायें , कुछ अनुभव करके जायें . sirph sunkar chalē nahī̃ jāyē̃ , kuchh anubhav karkē jāyē̃ . sirph[adj.] sunnā[abs.] chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chalnā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kuchh anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . only listen[abs.] (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|continue[opt.sg.23]) not go[opt.pl.12hon3] , anything experience do[abs.] go[opt.pl.12hon3] .
273They should not go away having just heard something, but they should go away with an experience.
241आप लोग भी बाप के बने कैसे ? āp lōg bhī bāp kē|K banē kaisē ? āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ? you people too father (of|K) (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) how ?
274How did all of you come to belong to the Father?
242कुछ न कुछ अनुभव किया , चाहे प्यार किया , चाहे टोली खाके भी प्यार का अनुभव किया . kuchh na kuchh anubhav kiyā , chāhē pyār kiyā , chāhē ṭōlī khākē bhī pyār kā anubhav kiyā . kuchh na[neg] kuchh anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ṭōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khānā[abs.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . anything not anything experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) love do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) toli eat[abs.] too love of experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
275You experienced something or other, whether it was love, or whether you experienced love by eating toli.
243बहनों के व्यवहार का अनुभव किया , बहिनों के मुस्कराने का , आजयान ( खातिरी ) करने का अनुभव किया , कुछ न कुछ अनुभव किया तभी बने हो . bahanō̃ kē|K vyavahār kā anubhav kiyā , bahinō̃ kē|K muskarānē kā , ājayān ( khātirī ) karnē kā anubhav kiyā , kuchh na kuchh anubhav kiyā tabhī banē hō . bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vyavahār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K muskarānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ājayān[n.f.;sg.] ( ḵẖātirī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kuchh na[neg] kuchh anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tabhī bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . x (of|K) behaviour of experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x (of|K) smile[inf.m.pl.,o.] of , splendour ( hospitality ) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , anything not anything experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] x become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
276You experienced the behaviour of the sisters, you experienced the smile of the sisters, you experienced their hospitality. 277You experienced something or other and this is why you came to belong to Baba.
244तो ऐसे अनुभवी बनाओ , अभी अखण्ड सेवा करो . tō aisē anubhavī banāō , abhī akhaṇḍ sēvā karō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhavī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ab[adv.hī] akhaṇḍ[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such experienced create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , now constant service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
278So, make them have an experience in this way. 279Now do continuous service.
245बहुत सेवा रही हुई है . bahut sēvā rahī huī hai . bahut sēvā[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . very service remain[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
280A lot of service still remains to be done.
246अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
281Achcha.
247आज के दिन मुबारक तो एक दो को दे दी ना . āj kē|K din mubārak tō ēk dō kō dē dī nā . āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] tō ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] dēnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] nā . today (of|K) day congratulations then one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to give[past-part.f..root+dēnā] ∅ .
282You have already given greetings to one another on this day.
248दूसरा क्या करते हैं ? dūsrā kyā kartē haĩ ? dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? other what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
283What else do people do?
249गिफ्ट देते हैं . gift dētē haĩ . gift dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . gift give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
284They give gifts.
250बापदादा के पास भी कितनी गिफ्ट आई है , कार्ड आये हैं बहुत , सुन्दर-सुन्दर गिफ्ट भेजी है , आप लोग उठकर देखना . bāpdādā kē pās bhī kitnī gift āī hai , card āyē haĩ bahut , sundar-sundar gift bhējī hai , āp lōg uṭhkar dēkhnā . bāpdādā kē pās[x] bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] gift ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , card ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] bahut , sundar[adj.] gift bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[abs.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . BapDada to too so gift come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , card come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] very , x gift x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , you people wake up[abs.] see[inf.m.sg.d.] .
285BapDada too has received so many gifts and many beautiful cards. 286All of you can see them when you get up.
251तो वास्तव में जो भी आपके पास आये खाली नहीं जाये . tō vāstav mē̃ jō bhī āpkē pās|pass āyē khālī nahī̃ jāyē . tō vāstav mē̃[x] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] khālī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then x that too you[.kē] (x|pass) (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) empty not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . 252चाहे मन्सा से शक्ति देने की गिफ्ट दो . chāhē mansā sē śhakti dēnē kī|key gift dō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mansā sē[postp.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key gift dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) through the mind from Shakti give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) gift (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) . 253चाहे वाणी द्वारा ज्ञान की गिफ्ट दो , कर्म द्वारा गुणों की गिफ्ट दो . chāhē vāṇī dvārā gyān kī|key gift dō , karma dvārā guṇō̃ kī|key gift dō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key gift dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key gift dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) words through knowledge (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) gift (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , deed through virtue (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) gift (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) . 254लेकिन हर एक जो भी सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क में आते हैं उनको गिफ्ट जरूर दो . lēkin har ēk jō bhī sambandh samparka mē̃ ātē haĩ unkō gift jarūr dō . lēkin har ēk[x] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] gift zarūr dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . but each one that too relationship x in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] gift definitely (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
287In fact, anyone who comes to you should not go back empty-handed, even if you give them the gift of power through your mind, the gift of knowledge through words, or the gift of virtues through actions, but definitely give a gift to whoever comes into relationship or connection with you.
255खाली हाथ नहीं भेजो , आप मास्टर दाता हो , मास्टरदाता के पास आवे और खाली हाथ जावे , यह नहीं हो . khālī hāth nahī̃ bhējō , āp master dātā hō , māsṭaradātā kē pās āvē aur khālī hāth jāvē , yah nahī̃ hō . khālī[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bhējnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] master dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , x kē pās[x] ānā[opt.sg.23] aur khālī[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[opt.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . empty hand not x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you master bestower (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x to come[opt.sg.23] and empty hand go[opt.sg.23] , this not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
288Do not send anyone away empty-handed. 289You are master bestowers. 290It should not be that they come to a master bestower and go away empty-handed.
256अखण्ड महादानी बनो . akhaṇḍ mahādānī banō . akhaṇḍ[adj.] mahādānī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . constant great donor become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
291Become continuously great donors. 292Akhand.
257अखण्ड कह रहे हैं , कोई न कोई सेवा करते रहो चाहे मन्सा करो , चाहे वाणी करो , चाहे कर्म करो , चाहे सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क से करो . akhaṇḍ kah rahē haĩ , kōī na kōī sēvā kartē rahō chāhē mansā karō , chāhē vāṇī karō , chāhē karma karō , chāhē sambandh samparka sē karō . akhaṇḍ[adj.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , kōī na kōī[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mansā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . constant say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , one .. or another service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) through the mind do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) words do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) deed do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) relationship x from do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
293Baba is asking you to become akhand. 294Continue to do one service or another, whether through thoughts, words, deeds or through relationships and connections.
258अखण्ड सेवाधारी . akhaṇḍ sēvādhārī . akhaṇḍ[adj.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . constant server .
295Become an akhand server.
259कई बच्चों को बाप से रूहरिहान करते कई बच्चे सुनाते हैं कि अमृतवेले सुस्ती का वायब्रेशन थोड़ा होता है . kaī bachchō̃ kō bāp sē rūhrihān kartē kaī bachchē sunātē haĩ ki amr̥itvēlē sustī kā vibration thōṛā hōtā hai . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] rūhrihān[x] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sustī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . some child to father from spiritual conversation do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] some child speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that amrit vela laziness of vibrations short be[pres.sg.m.23] .
296While having a heart-to-heart conversation with the Father, some children say that at amrit vela there are sometimes vibrations of a little laziness.
260उठते जरूर हैं लेकिन पावरफुल शक्तिशाली रूप से स्व के प्रति वा विश्व के प्रति शक्ति देना , वह थोड़ा सा थकावट की रेखा होती है . uṭhtē jarūr haĩ lēkin powerful śhaktiśhālī rūp sē sva kē prati vā viśhva kē prati śhakti dēnā , vah thōṛā sā thakāvaṭ kī|key rēkhā hōtī hai . uṭhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] zarūr hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin powerful śhaktiśhālī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sva kē prati[x] vā viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē prati[x] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key rēkhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . wake up[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] definitely be[pres.pl.12hon3] but powerful powerful Rup from x for or world for Shakti give[inf.m.sg.d.] , that short x tiredness (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) line be[pres.sg.f.23] .
297You definitely wake up, but sometimes there is definitely the feeling of a little tiredness in giving power to the self and the world in a powerful way.
261उस समय ऐसे नहीं समझो हम अपने सेन्टर के योग के कमरे में बैठे हैं , बाबा के कमरे में बैठे हैं , क्लास रूम में बैठे हैं , लेकिन ऐसे समझो विश्व की स्टेज पर बैठे हैं . us samay aisē nahī̃ samjhō ham apnē centre kē|K yōg kē|K kamrē mē̃ baiṭhē haĩ , bābā kē|K kamrē mē̃ baiṭhē haĩ , class room mē̃ baiṭhē haĩ , lēkin aisē samjhō viśhva kī|key stage par baiṭhē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisē nahī̃[x] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kamrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , bābā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kamrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , class room mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . that time it isn't that understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] we one’s own centre (of|K) yoga (of|K) x in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , Baba (of|K) x in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , class room in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , but such understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] world (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) stage (at|other) sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
298At that time, do not think that you are sitting in the yoga room of your centre, in Baba's room or in the classroom, but consider yourself to be sitting on the world stage.
262हीरो पार्टधारी हैं और स्टेज पर बैठे हैं . hero part-dhārī haĩ aur stage par baiṭhē haĩ . hero part-dhārī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . hero actor be[pres.pl.12hon3] and stage (at|other) sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
299You are hero actors sitting on the stage.
263अगर हीरो पार्टधारी थका हुआ पार्ट बजायेगा तो कैसा बजायेगा ? agar hero part-dhārī thakā huā part bajāyēgā tō kaisā bajāyēgā ? agar hero part-dhārī[x] thaknā, phathaknā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|thakānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] part bajānā[fut.m.sg.23] tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bajānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? if hero actor (become desperate[past-part.m.sg.d.]|tire[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] play one's part then how play[fut.m.sg.23] ?
300If a hero actor is playing his part with tiredness, how would he play it?
264वायुमण्डल कैसे फैलेगा ? vāyumaṇḍal kaisē phailēgā ? vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phailnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? atmosphere how spread[fut.m.sg.23] ?
301How would the atmosphere spread?
265तो अमृतवेला भी पावरफुल बनाओ . tō amr̥itvēlā bhī powerful banāō . tō amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] powerful banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then amrit vela too powerful create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
302So, make your amrit vela powerful.
266नियम अच्छा निभाते हो लेकिन सुनाया ना अभी , योग सर्वशक्तियों से पावरफुल हो , योग अग्नि हो . niyam achchhā nibhātē hō lēkin sunāyā nā abhī , yōg sarvśhaktiyō̃ sē powerful hō , yōg agni hō . niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nibhānā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ab[adv.hī] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sarvśhaktiyō̃[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] powerful hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] agni[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . law achcha fulfil[pres.pl.m.2] but speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ now , yoga all the powers from powerful (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , yoga fire (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
303You do fulfil the discipline, but your yoga should now be powerful with all powers; there has to be the fire of yoga.
267ज्वालामुखी हो . jvālāmukhī hō . jvālāmukhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . volcano (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
304It should be in a fiery form.
268तो यह तीन मास विशेष अमृतवेला भी नोट करना . tō yah tīn mās viśhēṣh amr̥itvēlā bhī note karnā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] note karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then this x (month|x) special amrit vela too note do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
305So, for these three months, especially note down your chart of amrit vela.
269बातें बहुत अच्छी-अच्छी करते हैं , प्यार के स्वरूप में भी होते हैं लेकिन ज्वालारूप कम होता है . bātē̃ bahut achchhī-achchhī kartē haĩ , pyār kē|K svarūp mē̃ bhī hōtē haĩ lēkin jvālārūp kam hōtā hai . bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin x kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . matter very achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , love (of|K) form in too be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but x decrease .
306You speak of very good things. 307You are in a very loving form, but the fiery form is missing a little.
270अभी संस्कार का अंश मात्र भी नहीं रहे तब कहेंगे ज्वाला रूप योगी तू आत्मा . abhī saṅskār kā aṅśh mātra bhī nahī̃ rahē tab kahē̃gē jvālā rūp yōgī tū ātmā . ab[adv.hī] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aṅśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātra bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tab kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] jvālā[n.f.;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yōgī[x] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] . now sanskar of trace just too not (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) for only then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] fire Rup yogi you soul .
308Now, not even the slightest trace of sanskars should remain, for only then can you be called a yogi soul with the intense form.
271और साथ-साथ इस नये वर्ष में जो भी खज़ाने हैं , ज्ञान का खज़ाना , शक्तियों का , गुणों का , श्रेष्ठसंकल्प का खज़ाना , एक तो सफल करो और दूसरा जमा करो . aur sāth-sāth is nayē varṣh mē̃ jō bhī khazānē haĩ , gyān kā khazānā , śhaktiyō̃ kā , guṇō̃ kā , śrēṣṭhasaṅkalpa kā khazānā , ēk tō saphal karō aur dūsrā jamā karō . aur sāth-sāth yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , ēk[adj.] tō saphal[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and x this new year in that too treasure be[pres.pl.12hon3] , knowledge of treasure , Shakti of , virtue of , x of treasure , one then successful do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and other accumulate .
309And, together with that, in this New Year, whatever treasures there are - knowledge, powers, virtues, and elevated thoughts - firstly, use them in a worthwhile way and secondly accumulate them.
272जमा भी करो , सफल भी करो . jamā bhī karō , saphal bhī karō . jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , saphal[adj.] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , successful too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
310Accumulate them and also use them in a worthwhile way.
273क्योंकि आपका टाइटल है , वरदान है सफलता के सितारे . kyōṅki āpkā title hai , vardān hai saphaltā kē|K sitārē . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kā] title hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . because you[.kā] title be[pres.sg.23] , blessing be[pres.sg.23] success (of|K) star .
311Your title and blessing is "The stars of success."
274है ना आपका टाइटल सफलता के सितारे ? hai nā āpkā title saphaltā kē|K sitārē ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā āp[pn.pl.kā] title saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ? be[pres.sg.23] ∅ you[.kā] title success (of|K) star ?
312Your title is "A star of success", is it not?
275सभी फलक से कहते हो सफलता हमारे गले का हार है . sabhī phalak sē kahtē hō saphaltā hamārē galē kā hār hai . sab[adv.hī] phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] ham[pn.pl.kē] galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all sparkle of intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.2] success we[.kē] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat) of (x[root]|x) be[pres.sg.23] . 276सफलता हमारा जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार है . saphaltā hamārā janm siddha adhikār hai . saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] ham[pn.pl.kā] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . success we[.kā] (life|be born[root]) successful right be[pres.sg.23] .
313All of you say with intoxication that success is the garland around your neck, that success is your birthright.
277तो सफलतामूर्त हो , सफल करो और जमा भी करो . tō saphaltāmūrt hō , saphal karō aur jamā bhī karō . tō saphaltāmūrt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , saphal[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then embodiment of success (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , successful do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
314So, you are embodiments of success. 315So use them in a worthwhile way and also accumulate them.
278सेवा कितनी भी करते हो लेकिन जमा का खाता हुआ या नहीं हुआ . sēvā kitnī bhī kartē hō lēkin jamā kā khātā huā yā nahī̃ huā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin jamā kā khātā[x] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . service so too do[pres.pl.m.2] but saving account be[past-part.m.sg.d.] or not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 279उसकी निशानी या उसकी गोल्डन चाबी है - निमित्तभाव और निमार्कणभाव , निर्मल वाणी . uskī niśhānī yā uskī golden chābī hai - nimittabhāv aur nimārkaṇabhāv , nirmal vāṇī . vah[pn.sg.kī] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yā vah[pn.sg.kī] golden chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - x aur x , nirmal[adj.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . that[.kī] sign or that[.kī] golden key be[pres.sg.23] - x and x , x words .
316No matter how much service you do, the sign or the golden key of whether you accumulated it in your account or not is to do everything with the consciousness of being an instrument, to have humility and to have pure words.
280तीनों हैं ? tīnō̃ haĩ ? tīnō̃[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? all three be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
317Do you have all three?
281तीनों में से एक भी कम है , तो सेवा कितनी भी करो जमा का खाता नहीं होता . tīnō̃ mē̃ sē ēk bhī kam|cum hai , tō sēvā kitnī bhī karō jamā kā khātā nahī̃ hōtā . tīnō̃[adj.] mē̃[postp.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] kam[adj.]|cum hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jamā kā khātā[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . all three in from one too (less|x) be[pres.sg.23] , then service so too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] saving account not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
318If even one of the three is missing, then, no matter how much service you do, it doesn't accumulate in your account.
282बहुत थोड़ा , नाम मात्र . bahut thōṛā , nām mātra . bahut thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātra . very short , name just .
319Then whatever you accumulate is very little, just in name.
283तो बापदादा ने यह भी चेक किया तो सेवा तो बहुत करते लेकिन जमा का खाता जितना होना चाहिए उतना नहीं उसका कारण , कारण तो समझते हो ना ! tō bāpdādā nē yah bhī check kiyā tō sēvā tō bahut kartē lēkin jamā kā khātā jitnā hōnā chāhiē utnā nahī̃ uskā kāraṇ , kāraṇ tō samajhtē hō nā ! tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō bahut karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin jamā kā khātā[x] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] vah[pn.sg.kā] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! then BapDada ∅ this too check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then service then very do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but saving account the more (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) x not that[.kā] because , because then understand[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
320So, BapDada also checked that you do a lot of service, but that you do not accumulate as much as you should in your account of accumulation, and the reason for that is.... 321You understand the reason for that, do you not?
284एक तो तीन विशेषतायें , निमित्तभाव , मैंपन का भाव मिक्स हो जाता है . ēk tō tīn viśhēṣhatāyē̃ , nimittabhāv , maĩpan kā bhāv mix hō jātā hai . ēk[adj.] tō tīn[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , x , maĩ-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mix hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . one then x speciality , x , consciousness of “I” of consciousness x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
322Firstly, the three specialities: in the consciousness of being an instrument, the consciousness of "I" becomes mixed in that.
285मैंपन आया , जमा नहीं हुआ . maĩpan āyā , jamā nahī̃ huā . maĩ-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . consciousness of “I” come[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
323When there is the consciousness of "I", you do not accumulate anything.
286कितनी भी मेहनत करो , रात दिन भागदौड़ , दिमाग चलाओ लेकिन निमित्तभाव , निमार्कणस्वभाव , निर्मलवाणी , यह तीन नहीं है तो जमा नहीं . kitnī bhī mēhnat karō , rāt din bhāgdauṛ , dimāg chalāō lēkin nimittabhāv , nimārkaṇasvabhāv , nirmalavāṇī , yah tīn nahī̃ hai tō jamā nahī̃ . kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , rāt[n.f.;sg.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāg-dauṛ[n.f.;sg.] , dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin x , x , x , yah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] nahī̃[neg] . so too effort do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , night day running around , head x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but x , x , x , this x not be[pres.sg.23] then (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) not .
324No matter how much effort you make, even if you run around day and night and use your head, if you don't have all these three - the consciousness of being an instrument, a humble nature, and pure words - then you don't accumulate anything.
287बहुत में बहुत 5 परसेन्ट जमा होता है . bahut mē̃ bahut 5 percent jamā hōtā hai . bahut mē̃[postp.] bahut 5 percent jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . very in very 5 % (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23] .
325At the most, you accumulate 5%.
288तो यह भी चेक करना तो जमा हुआ ? tō yah bhī check karnā tō jamā huā ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then this too check do[inf.m.sg.d.] then (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
326So, check whether you accumulated anything.
289बापदादा बहुत सहज रास्ता बताते हैं , किसीसे भी सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में आते हो , चाहे लौकिक , चाहे अलौकिक पहले अपने शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना की वृत्ति को चेक करो और किससे भी मिलते हो , तो सदा आत्मा को देख करके बात करो , आत्मा से बात करते हैं , कोई अलौकिक परिवार से बात करते हो , खुशी होनी चाहिए यह कल्प पहले वाली , हर कल्प भाग्य बनाने वाली कोटों में कोई आत्मा है . bāpdādā bahut sahaj rāstā batātē haĩ , kisīsē bhī sambandh-sampark mē̃ ātē hō , chāhē laukik , chāhē alaukik pahlē apnē śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā kī|key vr̥itti kō check karō aur kissē bhī miltē hō , tō sadā ātmā kō dēkh karkē bāt karō , ātmā sē bāt kartē haĩ , kōī alaukik parivār sē bāt kartē hō , khuśhī hōnī chāhiē yah kalp pahlē vālī , har|her kalp bhāgya banānē vālī kōṭō̃ mē̃ kōī ātmā hai . bāpdādā bahut sahaj[adj.] rāstā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] batānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x bhī[p.] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] laukik[adj.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] alaukik[adj.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur kaun[pn.sg.sē] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.pl.m.2] , tō sadā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] alaukik[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[.oblig3] yah[pn.sg.d.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] , harnā[root]|har|her kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada very easy path tell[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x too x in come[pres.pl.m.2] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) worldly , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) alokik (x|firstly) one’s own pure feeling , good wishes (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) attitude to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and who[.sē] too receive[pres.pl.m.2] , then constantly soul to see[root] do[abs.] matter do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , soul from matter do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , some alokik family from matter do[pres.pl.m.2] , happiness be[.oblig3] this cycle (x|firstly) those who , (x[root]|x) cycle x create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x in some soul be[pres.sg.23] .
327BapDada is showing you a very easy path. 328Whoever you come into relationship and connection with - whether lokik or alokik - first of all, check your attitude of good wishes and pure feelings. 329Whenever you meet others, always speak to them seeing them as souls. 330You should have the happiness that that soul is the same soul of the previous cycle, a soul who is one of the handful out of multimillions from the previous cycle who has come to create his fortune.
290उस भाव से देखो . us bhāv sē dēkhō . vah[pn.sg.o.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that consciousness from see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
331See that soul with that feeling.
291चाहे प्यादा हो , लेकिन है तो कोटों में कोई . chāhē pyādā hō , lēkin hai tō kōṭō̃ mē̃ kōī . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] pyādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) infantry (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , but be[pres.sg.23] then x in some .
332Even if that soul is part of the infantry, he is still one out of multimillions.
292मेरा बाबा तो कहता है . mērā bābā tō kahtā hai . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā tō kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . I[.kā] Baba then say[pres.sg.m.23] .
333At least he says, "My Baba!"
293चाहे क्रोधी भी हो , स्वभाव अच्छा नहीं हो , लेकिन आप अपना स्वभाव श्रेष्ठ रखो . chāhē krōdhī bhī hō , svabhāv achchhā nahī̃ hō , lēkin āp apnā svabhāv śhrēṣhṭh rakhō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] krōdhī[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) angry too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , nature achcha not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , but you (one’s own|adopt[root]) nature elevated keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
334Even if he has anger, if he doesn't have a good nature, you just keep your nature elevated.
294आप श्रेष्ठ आत्मा के रूप में देखो , श्रेष्ठ आत्मा के स्वरूप में देखो . āp śhrēṣhṭh ātmā kē|K rūp mē̃ dēkhō , śhrēṣhṭh ātmā kē|K svarūp mē̃ dēkhō . āp[pn.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . you elevated soul (of|K) Rup in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , elevated soul (of|K) form in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 295तभी कार्य अच्छा होगा , जमा होगा . tabhī kārya achchhā hōgā , jamā hōgā . tabhī kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . x task achcha be[fut.m.sg.23] , (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[fut.m.sg.23] .
335Look at that soul as an elevated soul, for only then will the task work out well, and you will then accumulate.
296तो होमवर्क बहुत मिला है इस वर्ष का . tō homework bahut milā hai is varṣh kā . tō home work bahut milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . then homework very receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] this year of .
336So, you have received a lot of homework to do for this year.
297सभी पूछते हैं ना क्या करें , क्या करें , क्या करें . sabhī pūchhtē haĩ nā kyā karē̃ , kyā karē̃ , kyā karē̃ . sab[adv.hī] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . all ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , what do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
337Everyone is asking: What should we do? 338What should we do? 339What should we do?
298बहुत होम वर्क मिला है . bahut home work milā hai . bahut home work[x] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . very homework receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
340You have been given a lot of homework.
299फिर बापदादा नम्बरवन सब होम वर्क में पास उसको सौगात देंगे . phir bāpdādā number one sab home work mē̃ pās|pass uskō saugāt dēgē . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bāpdādā number one sab[adj.] home work[x] mē̃[postp.] pās|pass vah[pn.sg.kō] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (then|turn[root]) BapDada number one all homework in (x|pass) that[.kō] gift give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
341Then, BapDada will give the number one gift to the one who passes in all the homework.
300चाहे हजार भी हों तो भी देंगे , तैयार करायेंगे सौगात . chāhē hajār bhī hō̃ tō bhī dēgē , taiyār karāyēṅgē saugāt . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō bhī[x] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , taiyār[adj.] karānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) 1000 too be[opt.pl.12hon3] ∅ give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x make commit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] gift .
342Even if there are a thousand of you, BapDada will still give you a gift. 343Baba will have a gift made.
301करेंगी ना ? karē̃gī nā ? karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] nā ? do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
344You will do this, will you not? 345(Prepare a gift.)
302लेकिन सर्टीफिकेट लेंगे , ऐसे नहीं आप कहेंगे बाबा मान जायेगा , नहीं . lēkin certificate lē̃gē , aisē nahī̃ āp kahē̃gē bābā mān jāyēgā , nahī̃ . lēkin certificate lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , aisē nahī̃[x] āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bābā mānnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , nahī̃[neg] . but certificate take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , it isn't that you say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] Baba x[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , not .
346However, Baba will want a certificate. 347It isn't that you will say something and Baba will believe you.
303साथियों से सर्टीफिकेट भी लेंगे . sāthiyō̃ sē certificate bhī lē̃gē . sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] certificate bhī[p.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . companion from certificate too take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
348He will also want a certificate from your companions.
304पहले मन का सर्टीफिकेट फिर ब्राह्मण परिवार के साथियों का सर्टीफिकेट और तीसरा है बाप का सर्टीफिकेट . pahlē man kā certificate phir brāhmaṇ parivār kē|K sāthiyō̃ kā certificate aur tīsrā hai bāp kā certificate . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] certificate phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] certificate aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] certificate . (x|firstly) mind of certificate (then|turn[root]) Brahmin family (of|K) companion of certificate and third be[pres.sg.23] father of certificate .
349First is the certificate of the mind, then is the certificate from the Brahmin family and the third is the certificate from the Father.
305तो लेंगे ना सर्टीफिकेट . tō lē̃gē nā certificate . tō lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā certificate . then take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ certificate .
350So, you will claim these certificates, will you not?
306हिम्मत है ना . himmat hai nā . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . courage be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
351Do you have this courage?
307जो समझते हैं हम सर्टीफिकेट लेकर ही छोड़ेंगे , दृढ़निश्चय है , यह तो यूथ भी उठा रहा है . jō samajhtē haĩ ham certificate lēkar hī chhōṛē̃gē , dr̥ṛhaniścay hai , yah tō youth bhī uṭhā rahā hai . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] certificate lēnā[abs.] hī[p.] chhōṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō youth bhī[p.] uṭhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|uṭhānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we certificate take[abs.] only renounce[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x be[pres.sg.23] , this then youth too (wake up[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|uplift[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
352Those of you who believe that you will definitely claim a certificate and have this firm faith - you have the firm determination - even the youth are raising their hands for this.
308यूथ ग्रुप भी उठा रहा है . youth group bhī uṭhā rahā hai . youth group bhī[p.] uṭhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|uṭhānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . youth group too (wake up[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|uplift[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
353The youth group is also raising their hands.
309अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
354It is good.
310डबल फारेनर्स भी उठा रहे हैं . double foreigners bhī uṭhā rahē haĩ . double foreigner bhī[p.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . double foreigner too uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
355Double foreigners are also raising their hands.
311यह सामने वाले नहीं उठा रहे हैं . yah sāmnē vālē nahī̃ uṭhā rahē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] sāmnē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . this x those who not uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
356These people sitting in the front row are not raising your hands.
312हाथ लम्बा उठाओ , करके दिखायेंगे . hāth lambā uṭhāō , karkē dikhāyēṅgē . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . hand x uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
357Raise your hands high that you will definitely do it.
313फिर तो बहुत सौगातें तैयार करनी पड़ेंगी . phir tō bahut saugātē̃ taiyār karnī paṛē̃gī . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] tō bahut saugāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.oblig2] . (then|turn[root]) then very gift x do[fut.f.pl.12hon3.oblig2] .
358In that case, many gifts will have to be made.
314आपकी तैयारी के पीछे सौगात तो कुछ भी नहीं है . āpkī taiyārī kē pīchhē saugāt tō kuchh bhī nahī̃ hai . āp[pn.pl.kī] taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē pīchhē[x] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] tō kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kī] x x gift then anything not be[pres.sg.23] .
359Compared to the preparations you have to make to become ready, these gifts are nothing.
315पहले तो परमात्म दिलतख्त मिलेगा . pahlē tō paramātma diltakhta milēgā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (x|firstly) then Supreme Soul heart throne receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
360First of all, you will receive God's heart-throne.
316लेकिन सौगात देंगे . lēkin saugāt dēgē . lēkin saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . but gift give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
361However, you will be given a gift.
317अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
362Achcha.
318अभी क्या करना है ? abhī kyā karnā hai ? ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? now what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
363What is to be done now?
319सेवा का टर्न , ईस्टर्न , नेपाल और तामिलनाडु जोन का है : बापदादा ने देखा है कि जिस भी जोन को टर्न मिलता है , बड़े उमंग-उत्साह से और बहुत बड़ी संख्या में इकट्ठे होते हैं , खुशी होती है , गोल्डन चांस मिलता है ना . sēvā kā turn , eastern , nēpāl aur tāmilnāḍu zone kā hai : bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki jis bhī zone kō turn miltā hai , baṛē umaṅg-utsāh sē aur bahut baṛī saṅkhyā mē̃ ikaṭṭhē hōtē haĩ , khuśhī hōtī hai , golden chance miltā hai nā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum , eastern , nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur x zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] jō[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] zone kō[postp.] tum milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aur bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , golden chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . service of you , x , x and x zone of be[pres.sg.23] : BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that that too zone to you receive[pres.sg.m.23] , very zeal and enthusiasm from and very very x in together be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] , golden chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
364Eastern Zone, Nepal and Tamil Nadu are responsible for service: BapDada has seen that whichever zone receives this chance, they get together in large numbers with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm. 365They have happiness because they receive this golden chance.
320तो देखो कितने हैं ? tō dēkhō kitnē haĩ ? tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
366So, look how many have come?
321आधा लश्कर हाल में वही है . ādhā laśhkar hall|hāl mē̃ vahī hai . ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] laśhkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vahī hōnā[pres.sg.23] . half army (hall|x) in this be[pres.sg.23] .
367They are half the hall.
322तीनों जोन मिलाकर 5 हजार है . tīnō̃ zone milākar 5 hajār hai . tīnō̃[adj.] zone milānā[abs.] 5 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all three zone x[abs.] 5 1000 be[pres.sg.23] . 323देखो एरिया भी बहुत बड़ी है . dēkhō area bhī bahut baṛī hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] area bhī[p.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x too very very be[pres.sg.23] .
368All three together are about 5000. Look, the area they are in is also very big.
3243-4 स्टेट अलग-अलग एक ही जोन में हैं . 3-4 state alag-alag ēk hī zone mē̃ haĩ . 3-4 state alag[adj.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] zone mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . 3-4 x separate one only zone in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
369There are three to four states in one zone.
3257 स्टेट का एक जोन . 7 state kā ēk zone . 7 state kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] zone . 7 x of one zone .
370One zone is seven states.
326अच्छा कितने भी हो लेकिन ईस्टर्न जोन की विशेषता है कि सूर्य ईस्ट से ही निकलता है . achchhā kitnē bhī hō lēkin eastern zone kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai ki sūrya east sē hī nikaltā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin eastern zone kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sūrya, sūraj[n.m.;sg.,d.] east sē[postp.] hī[p.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . achcha so too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but x zone (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] that sun east from only be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] .
371OK, no matter how many there are, the speciality of the Eastern Zone is that the sun rises in the East.
327निकलता है ना ? nikaltā hai nā ? nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ ?
372It rises in the East, does it not?
328और ज्ञान सूर्य की प्रवेशता भी ईस्ट से हुआ है . aur gyān sūrya kī|key pravēśhtā bhī east sē huā hai . aur gyān sūrya[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pravēśh[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] east sē[postp.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . and Sun of Knowledge (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) entry too east from be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
373And the Sun of Knowledge also entered in the East.
329अच्छा अभी बाकी क्या रहा है ? achchhā abhī bākī kyā rahā hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] bākī|bākī kyā rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? achcha now (others|but) what remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
374Achcha, what else remains?
330एक काम रह गया है . ēk kām rah gayā hai . ēk[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . one (lust|task) remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
375One task is still left to be done.
331जब दो बातें कर ली हैं , सूर्य भी उदय हुआ , ज्ञान सूर्य भी उदय हुआ लेकिन प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा ईस्टर्न से होना चाहिए . jab dō bātē̃ kar lī haĩ , sūrya bhī uday huā , gyān sūrya bhī uday huā lēkin pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā eastern sē hōnā chāhiē . jab dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+lēnā] , sūrya, sūraj[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] uday[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , gyān sūrya[x] bhī[p.] uday[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] eastern sē[postp.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . when (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) matter do[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+lēnā] , sun too rise be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , Sun of Knowledge too rise be[past-part.m.sg.d.] but revelation of flag x from (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
376Baba spoke of two things: the sun has risen and the Sun of Knowledge has also risen, but the flag of revelation should also be hoisted in the Eastern Zone.
332हाँ उसके लिए कुछ करो . hā̃ uskē liē kuchh karō . hā̃ uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē kuchh karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) anything do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
377Yes, do something for that.
333ऐसा प्लैन बनाओ जो प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा आरम्भ ही ईस्टर्न से हो , फैलेगा तो विश्व में ही . aisā plan banāō jō pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā ārambh hī eastern sē hō , phailēgā tō viśhva mē̃ hī . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] eastern sē[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , phailnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] . such plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that revelation of flag x only x from (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , spread[fut.m.sg.23] then world in only .
378Make such a plan that the flag of revelation begins to be hoisted in the Eastern Zone. 379It will spread in the world anyway.
334यहाँ बैठकर मीटिंग करना , क्या करें , हर एक जोन समझता है हम निमित्त बनेंगे , प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा फहराने के लिए . yahā̃ baiṭhkar meeting karnā , kyā karē̃ , har ēk zone samajhtā hai ham nimitt banē̃gē , pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā phahrānē kē liē . yahā̃ baiṭhnā[abs.] meeting karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , har ēk[x] zone samajhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ham[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] phahrānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] . here sit[abs.] meeting do[inf.m.sg.d.] , what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , each one zone understand[pres.sg.m.23] we instrument become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , revelation of flag x[inf.m.pl.,o.] for .
380While sitting here, have a meeting about what to do. 381Each zone feels that they will be the instruments for hoisting the flag of revelation.
335करो सब प्रयत्न करो लेकिन बापदादा कहते ईस्टर्न को नम्बरवन जाना चाहिए . karō sab prayatna karō lēkin bāpdādā kahtē eastern kō number one jānā chāhiē . karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sab[adj.] prayatna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin bāpdādā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] eastern kō[postp.] number one jānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|jānā[.oblig3] . do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] all x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but BapDada say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x to number one (go[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|go[.oblig3]) .
382You may try everything, but BapDada says that the Eastern Zone should claim number one in this.
336जायेंगे ? jāyēṅgē ? jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
383Will you do this?
337प्रत्यक्ष करना पड़ेगा . pratyakṣha karnā paṛēgā . pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . visible do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
384You will have to bring about revelation.
338आवाज फैलाना पड़ेगा . āvāj phailānā paṛēgā . āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . noise spread[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
385You will have to spread the sound.
339अच्छा है | कर सकते हैं . achchhā hai | kar saktē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] | karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] | do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
386It is good. 387You can do this.
340एक-एक स्टेट में ग्रुप बनाओ , जो मन वाणी कर्म सम्बन्ध संपर्क में तीव्र पुरूषार्थी हो . ēk-ēk state mē̃ group banāō , jō man vāṇī karma sambandh samparka mē̃ tīvr purūṣhārthī hō . ēk[adj.] state mē̃[postp.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] x mē̃[postp.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . one x in group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that mind words deed relationship x in intense effort-maker (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
388Create groups in every state where they are intense effort-makers through their thoughts, words, deeds, relationships and connections.
341फिर उन्हों का संगठन करो , एक दो में राय लो-दो तो हो जायेगा . phir unhō̃ kā saṅgaṭhan karō , ēk dō mē̃ rāy lō-dō tō hō jāyēgā . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] mē̃[postp.] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] x tō hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . (then|turn[root]) that of gathering do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) in (x) x then be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
389Then, create your gatherings and give and take advice from one another and this will be possible.
342करना तो पड़ेगा . karnā tō paṛēgā . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] then fall[fut.m.sg.23] .
390You will have to do it.
343तीव्र पुरूषार्थ करना पड़ेगा . tīvr purūṣhārth karnā paṛēgā . tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . intense effort do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
391You will have to make intense effort.
344ऐसे नहीं ठीक चल रहा है , जिज्ञासु आ रहे हैं , नहीं . aisē nahī̃ ṭhīk chal rahā hai , jigyāsu ā rahē haĩ , nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] ṭhīk[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , jigyāsu[adj.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , nahī̃[neg] . it isn't that OK continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , x come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , not .
392Do not think that it is continuing and that students are coming; no.
345लेकिन प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा लहराने का विशेष प्रोग्राम करना पड़ेगा . lēkin pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā laharānē kā viśhēṣh programme karnā paṛēgā . lēkin pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] programme karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . but revelation of flag hoist[inf.m.pl.,o.] of special programme do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
393However, you will have to make a special programme to hoist the flag of revelation.
346यह मेगा प्रोग्राम नहीं कह रहे हैं , वह तो किया बहुत अच्छा हुआ . yah mega programme nahī̃ kah rahē haĩ , vah tō kiyā bahut achchhā huā . yah[pn.sg.d.] mega programme[x] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] tō karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . this mega programme not say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that then do[past-part.m.sg.d.] very achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 347लेकिन प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा हो . lēkin pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā hō . lēkin pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . but revelation of flag (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
394Baba is not telling you about doing a mega programme. 395That has already been done and that was very good, but the flag of revelation should be hoisted.
348बहुत स्टेट हैं , मिलके कर सकते हो . bahut state haĩ , milkē kar saktē hō . bahut state hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , milnā[abs.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . very x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , receive[abs.] do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
396There are many states and all of you together can do this.
349करेंगे पीछे वाले ? karē̃gē pīchhē vālē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x those who ?
397Will those who are at the back do this?
350जो भी आये हैं करेंगे ? jō bhī āyē haĩ karē̃gē ? jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
398Those who have come here, will you do this?
351कितने टाइम में करेंगे ? kitnē time mē̃ karē̃gē ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time mē̃[postp.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? so time in do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
399In how much time will you do this?
352प्लैन तो बनाओ . plan tō banāō . plan tō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . plan then create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
400At least make plans!
353बापदादा प्लैन देखेगा ना . bāpdādā plan dēkhēgā nā . bāpdādā plan dēkhnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . BapDada plan see[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
401BapDada will see the plans.
354दिल्ली वाले भी सोचते हैं कि दिल्ली से प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा हो . dillī vālē bhī sōchtē haĩ ki dillī sē pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā hō . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Delhi those who too think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that Delhi from revelation of flag (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
402Those from Delhi are thinking that the flag of revelation should be hoisted in Delhi.
355धरनी तो है . dharnī tō hai . dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) then be[pres.sg.23] . 356लेकिन प्लैन बनाओ . lēkin plan banāō . lēkin plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 357कैसे प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा लहरायेंगे . kaisē pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā laharāyēṅgē . kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . how revelation of flag hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
403There is the field there, but make a plan of how you will hoist the flag of revelation.
358उसके लिए क्या सोचा है ? uskē liē kyā sōchā hai ? uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē kyā sōchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) what think[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
404What have you thought about that?
359प्रोग्राम तो करते हो , वह तो करना ही है लेकिन यह आवाज कोई भी रेडियो खोले , कोई भी टी . वी . का स्विच खोले तो यह आवाज आवे हमारा शिवबाबा आ गया . programme tō kartē hō , vah tō karnā hī hai lēkin yah āvāj kōī bhī radio khōlē , kōī bhī T . we|V . kā switch khōlē tō yah āvāj āvē hamārā śhivbābā ā gayā . programme tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] tō karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] kōī bhī[x] radio khōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khōlnā[opt.sg.23] , kōī bhī[x] T . we|V . kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] switch khōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khōlnā[opt.sg.23] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] ham[pn.pl.kā] śhivbābā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . programme then do[pres.pl.m.2] , that then do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] but this noise anyone x (open[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|open[opt.sg.23]) , anyone x . (x) . of switch (open[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|open[opt.sg.23]) then this noise come[opt.sg.23] we[.kā] Shiv Baba come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
405You hold programmes and you have to do that, but there should now be the sound when anyone switches on the radio or TV that "Our Shiv Baba has come!".
360तब कहेंगे प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा लहराया . tab kahē̃gē pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā laharāyā . tab kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . for only then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] revelation of flag hoist[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
406Then, it will be said that the flag of revelation has been hoisted.
361अच्छा मीडिया वाले सोच रहे हैं कि हम करेंगे , कोई भी करो लेकिन सभी रेडियो में , चाहे विदेश में , चाहे देश में जहाँ भी खोलें स्विच यही आवाज आवे . achchhā media vālē sōch rahē haĩ ki ham karē̃gē , kōī bhī karō lēkin sabhī radio mē̃ , chāhē vidēśh mē̃ , chāhē dēśh mē̃ jahā̃ bhī khōlē̃ switch yahī āvāj āvē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] media vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kōī bhī[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin sab[adv.hī] radio mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jahā̃ bhī[p.] khōlnā[opt.pl.12hon3] switch yahī[pn.;d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] . achcha media those who think[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that we do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , anyone do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but all x in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) land in where there too open[opt.pl.12hon3] switch this noise come[opt.sg.23] .
407Achcha, those from the Media are thinking that they will do this. 408Anyone can do this. 409Wherever anyone switches on a radio in this land or abroad, this sound should come.
362इसको कहते हैं प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा . iskō kahtē haĩ pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . this[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] revelation of flag .
410This is called the flag of revelation.
363कौन करेगा ? kaun karēgā ? kaun[pn.;d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? who do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
411Who will do this?
364विदेश करेगा , विदेश में होगा ? vidēśh karēgā , vidēśh mē̃ hōgā ? vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? abroad do[fut.m.sg.23] , abroad in be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
412Will the lands abroad do this? 413Will it happen abroad?
365करो , कोई भी करो , फर्स्ट प्राइज लो . karō , kōī bhī karō , first prize lō|low . karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kōī bhī[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , first[adj.] prize lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , anyone do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , first prize (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .
414You can do it, anyone can do it and you can claim the first prize.
366यह धूम मचनी चाहिए , आ गया , आ गया , आ गया . yah dhūm machnī chāhiē , ā gayā , ā gayā , ā gayā . yah[pn.sg.d.] dhūm[n.m.;sg.,d.] machnā[.oblig3] , ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . this x be created[.oblig3] , come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
415Let this sound spread everywhere: "He has come, He has come, He has come."
367अच्छा है संख्या तो बहुत है , अभी करना कमाल . achchhā hai saṅkhyā tō bahut hai , abhī karnā kamāl . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] tō bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] x then very be[pres.sg.23] , now do[inf.m.sg.d.] x .
416It is good that there are large numbers, and so now perform wonders.
368नम्बर तो फर्स्ट लेना अच्छा है ना . number tō first lēnā achchhā hai nā . number tō first[adj.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . number then first take[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
417It is good to claim the first number.
369सेकण्ड थर्ड में क्या मजा . second third mē̃ kyā majā . second third[adj.] mē̃[postp.] kyā mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . second third in what pleasure .
418What pleasure is there in the second and third numbers?
370फर्स्ट . first . first[adj.] . first .
419First.
371अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
420Achcha.
372बहुत अच्छा पार्ट बजा रहे हैं . bahut achchhā part bajā rahē haĩ . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . very achcha play one's part .
421You are playing a very good part.
373बापदादा ने देखा है सहयोगी एक दो के बहुत अच्छे हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai sahyōgī ēk dō kē|K bahut achchhē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] sahyōgī[adj.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] co-operative one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (of|K) very achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
422BapDada has seen that all of you souls co-operate very well with one another.
374समाचार मिलता है , जहाँ भी प्रोग्राम होता है वहाँ एक दो के सहयोगी बनके कार्य सफल कर देते हैं इसकी बापदादा विशेष मुबारक दे रहे हैं . samāchār miltā hai , jahā̃ bhī programme hōtā hai vahā̃ ēk dō kē|K sahyōgī bankē kārya saphal kar dētē haĩ iskī bāpdādā viśhēṣh mubārak dē rahē haĩ . samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , jahā̃ bhī[p.] programme hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vahā̃ ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[abs.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] saphal[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] yah[pn.sg.kī] bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . news receive[pres.sg.m.23] , where there too programme be[pres.sg.m.23] there one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (of|K) co-operative become[abs.] task successful do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] this[.kī] BapDada special congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
423Baba receives the news. 424Wherever there is a programme, they go to help and make the task successful, and BapDada is giving special congratulations for that.
375अभी जलवा दिखाओ . abhī jalvā dikhāō . ab[adv.hī] jalvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now sparkle x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
425Now show your sparkle.
376एक गीत है ना आप लोगों का जलवा देखा वह तेरा हो गया . ēk gīt hai nā āp lōgō̃ kā jalvā dēkhā vah tērā hō gayā . ēk[adj.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jalvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] tū[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . one x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ you people of sparkle see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that you[.kā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
426You have a song, do you not: Those who see your sparkle then belong to you.
377अभी यह गीत मुख से गावें , दुनिया गावे . abhī yah gīt mukh sē gāvē̃ , duniyā gāvē . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] gānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , duniyā[n.f.;sg.] x . now this x mouth from sing[opt.pl.12hon3] , world x .
427They should now sing this song; the world should sing this song.
378अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
428Achcha.
379ज्युरिस्ट विंगः अच्छा | प्लैन बना रहे हैं ? jurist viṅgaḥ achchhā | plan banā rahē haĩ ? jurist x achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] | plan banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? jurist x achcha | plan create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
429Jurist Wing: You are making good plans.
380 ( गीता का भगवान सिद्ध करेंगे ) प्लैन बहुत अच्छा है लेकिन गीता का भगवान सिद्ध करने के लिए पहले आपस में राय करो , प्वाइंटस निकालो , यह अच्छा है लेकिन कोई ऐसे अथॉरिटी वालों को भी साथ में मिलाओ . ( gītā kā bhagvān siddh karē̃gē ) plan bahut achchhā hai lēkin gītā kā bhagvān siddha karnē kē liē pahlē āpas mē̃ rāy karō , points nikālō , yah achchhā hai lēkin kōī aisē authority vālō̃ kō bhī sāth mē̃ milāō . ( gītā kā bhagvān[x] siddh karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) plan bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin gītā kā bhagvān[x] siddh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] āpas mē̃[x] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , point nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] authority vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] milānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( God of the Gita justify[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) plan very achcha be[pres.sg.23] but God of the Gita successful do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for (x|firstly) with each other (x) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , point x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this achcha be[pres.sg.23] but some such authority those who to too with in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
430(We will prove who the God of the Gita is.) 431Your plans are very good, but in order to prove who the God of the Gita is, first of all, discuss this among yourselves and extract points. 432This is good, but also work with someone of such authority.
381उनको पहले सैटिस्फाय करके उन्हों को साथी बनाओ . unkō pahlē satisfy karkē unhō̃ kō sāthī banāō . vah[pn.pl.kō] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] satisfy karnā[abs.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kō] (x|firstly) satisfy do[abs.] that to companion create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
433First of all, satisfy them (that this is correct) and then make them your companions.
382दो चार ऐसे साथी हों जो इस बात को सिद्ध करने में साथी बनें . dō chār aisē sāthī hō̃ jō is bāt kō siddha karnē mē̃ sāthī banē̃ . dō chār[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] siddh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . x such companion be[opt.pl.12hon3] that this matter to successful do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in companion become[opt.pl.12hon3] .
434Have two to four such companions who work with you to prove this.
383गीता की अथॉरिटी रखने वालों को साथी बनाओ . gītā kī|key authority rakhnē vālō̃ kō sāthī banāō . gītā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key authority rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Gita (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) authority keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to companion create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
435Make those who have the authority of the Gita your companions.
384 ( इसके लिए दो जज तैयार हैं ) अच्छा है , प्लैन बनाओ , फिर दिखाना . ( iskē liē dō judge taiyār haĩ ) achchhā hai , plan banāō , phir dikhānā . ( yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+dēnā] judge taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ( this[.kē] take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+dēnā] judge x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (then|turn[root]) x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
436(We have two judges ready for this.) 437It is good. 438Make a plan and then show it to Baba.
385डबल विदेशी 45 देशों से आये हैं : अच्छा बच्चे भी हैं , यूथ भी हैं . double vidēśhī 45 dēśhō̃ sē āyē haĩ : achchhā bachchē bhī haĩ , youth bhī haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] 45 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , youth bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . double foreigner 45 land from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : achcha child too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , youth too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
439Double foreigners (from 45 countries): Achcha, there are children and also the youth.
386डबल विदेशी को बापदादा टाइटल देते हैं डबल तीव्र पुरूषार्थी क्योंकि विदेशियों के संस्कार हैं जो सोचते हैं वह करते हैं , चाहे उल्टा हो , चाहे सुल्टा हो . double vidēśhī kō bāpdādā title dētē haĩ double tīvr purūṣhārthī kyōṅki vidēśhiyō̃ kē|K saṅskār haĩ jō sōchtē haĩ vah kartē haĩ , chāhē ulṭā hō , chāhē sulṭā hō . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā title dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] double tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] kyōṅki vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ulṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sulṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . double foreigner to BapDada title give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] double intense effort-maker because foreigner (of|K) sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] that think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) upside down (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) the right way up (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
440BapDada gives the double foreigners the title "Double Intense Effort-makers" because your speciality is that you do whatever you think - whether it is right or wrong!
387करने में हिम्मत रखते हैं . karnē mē̃ himmat rakhtē haĩ . karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in courage keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
441You have the courage to do something.
388तो इसी हिम्मत को आध्यात्मिक पुरूषार्थ में और सेवा में कार्य में लगाओ . tō isī himmat kō ādhyātmik purūṣhārth mē̃ aur sēvā mē̃ kārya mē̃ lagāō . tō yah[pn.sg.hī] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ādhyātmik[adj.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this[.hī] courage to spiritual effort in and service in task in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
442Therefore, use this courage in your spiritual effort and in service.
389बापदादा ने देखा है कि प्लैन को प्रैक्टिकल लाने में लक्ष्य अच्छा रखते हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki plan kō practical lānē mē̃ lakṣhya achchhā rakhtē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] plan kō[postp.] practical lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] lakṣhya[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that plan to practical x[inf.m.pl.,o.] in aim achcha keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
443BapDada has seen that you keep a good aim to make the plans practical.
390तो हो सकता है कि इन्डिया को जगाने के लिए पहले आवाज विदेश से निकले . tō hō saktā hai ki India kō jagānē kē liē pahlē āvāj vidēśh sē nikalē . tō hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ki[conj.] India kō[postp.] jagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] that India to awaken[inf.m.pl.,o.] for (x|firstly) noise abroad from (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
444So, it is possible that the sound will first of all emerge from abroad to awaken India.
391विदेश का आवाज इन्डिया में आवे यह भी हो सकता है ना ! vidēśh kā āvāj India mē̃ āvē yah bhī hō saktā hai nā ! vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] India mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] nā ! abroad of noise India in come[opt.sg.23] this too be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ∅ !
445It is possible that the sound from abroad comes to India.
392बापदादा को याद है पहले शुरू शुरू में जब इन्डिया में बड़े प्रोग्राम होते थे तो विदेश का कोई न कोई अथॉरिटी वाला आता था और वह भाषण करता था अखबारों में आता था . bāpdādā kō yād hai pahlē śhurū śhurū mē̃ jab India mē̃ baṛē programme hōtē thē tō vidēśh kā kōī na kōī authority vālā ātā thā aur vah bhāṣhaṇ kartā thā akhbārō̃ mē̃ ātā thā . bāpdādā kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jab India mē̃[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme hōnā[hab-past.pl.m.] tō vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī na kōī[x] authority vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[hab-past.m.sg.] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[hab-past.m.sg.] akhbār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[hab-past.m.sg.] . BapDada to remembrance be[pres.sg.23] (x|firstly) beginning beginning in when India in very programme be[hab-past.pl.m.] then abroad of one .. or another authority those who come[hab-past.m.sg.] and that lecture do[hab-past.m.sg.] newspaper in come[hab-past.m.sg.] .
446BapDada remembers that when there used to be big programmes in India at the beginning, someone from abroad with an authority would come and the lectures they gave were printed in the newspapers.
393अभी बहुत समय से ऐसे विशेष सभा के बीच में नहीं आये हैं . abhī bahut samay sē aisē viśhēṣh sabhā kē|K bīch mē̃ nahī̃ āyē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bīch mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . now very time from such special court (of|K) centre in not come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
447Now, they haven't come in the midst of such special gatherings for a long time.
394अलग आये हैं . alag āyē haĩ . alag[adj.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . separate come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 395रिट्रीट होता है प्रोग्राम भी चलता है लेकिन जैसे पहले विशेष आत्मायें संगठन में बोलती थी , ऐसा अच्छा होता है . retreat hōtā hai programme bhī chaltā hai lēkin jaisē pahlē viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ saṅgaṭhan mē̃ bōltī thī , aisā achchhā hōtā hai . retreat hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] programme bhī[p.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] bōlnā[hab-past.f.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x be[pres.sg.m.23] programme too continue[pres.sg.m.23] but like (x|firstly) special soul gathering in speak[hab-past.f.] , such achcha be[pres.sg.m.23] .
448They have come separately for retreats and other programmes, but it would be good if it were like the early days, when special souls used to speak at gatherings.
396अभी 70 साल का प्रोग्राम बनायेंगे ना , उसमें कोशिश करो . abhī 70 sāl kā programme banāyēṅgē nā , usmē̃ kōśhiśh karō . ab[adv.hī] 70 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now 70 year of programme create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ , that[.mē̃] try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 397क्योंकि अखबार वाले इन्ट्रेस्ट से लेते हैं . kyōṅki akhbār vālē interest sē lētē haĩ . kyōṅki akhbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] interest sē[postp.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . because newspaper those who interest from take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
449You are now making programmes for the 70th anniversary. 450Try to do this in that because the newspaper people take an interest in that.
398बाकी वृद्धि अच्छी हो रही है , प्रोग्राम्स भी अच्छे कर रहे हो उसकी मुबारक है . bākī vr̥iddhi achchhī hō rahī hai , programmes bhī achchhē kar rahē hō uskī mubārak hai . bākī|bākī vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , programme bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (others|but) growth achcha be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , programme too achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] that[.kī] congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
451Good expansion is taking place and you are doing good programmes. 452So, congratulations for that.
399पहले संख्या वहाँ भी प्रोग्राम में कम आती थी , अभी संख्या अच्छी आती है . pahlē saṅkhyā vahā̃ bhī programme mē̃ kam|cum ātī thī , abhī saṅkhyā achchhī ātī hai . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] vahā̃ bhī[p.] programme mē̃[postp.] kam[adj.]|cum ānā[hab-past.f.] , ab[adv.hī] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . (x|firstly) x there too programme in (less|x) come[hab-past.f.] , now x achcha come[pres.sg.f.23] . 400और अच्छे-अच्छे वारिस क्वालिटी भी निकल रही है . aur achchhē-achchhē vāris quality bhī nikal rahī hai . aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality bhī[p.] nikalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . and achcha heir x too be extracted[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
453Earlier, there used to be fewer people coming there too, but there are now good numbers coming, and good quality heir souls are also emerging.
401लेकिन तीन मास में विदेश वाले नम्बरवन लेंगे ? lēkin tīn mās mē̃ vidēśh vālē number one lē̃gē ? lēkin tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] number one lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? but x (month|x) in abroad those who number one take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
454However, will those abroad claim the number in three months?
402फर्स्ट नम्बर लेंगे ? first number lē̃gē ? first[adj.] number lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? first number take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
455Will you claim the first number?
403जो लेंगे वह हाथ उठाओ . jō lē̃gē vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that raise your hands .
456Those who will claim it, raise your hands!
404तीन सर्टीफिकेट लेने पड़ेंगे . tīn certificate lēnē paṛē̃gē . tīn[adj.] certificate lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.oblig2] . x certificate take[fut.m.pl.12hon3.oblig2] .
457You will have to claim the three certificates.
405हिम्मत रखो . himmat rakhō . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . courage keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
458Have courage.
406विदेशियों के लिए सोचते हैं इन्हों का कल्चर अलग है लेकिन विदेश वाले इन्डिया से भी आगे नम्बर ले सकते हैं . vidēśhiyō̃ kē liē sōchtē haĩ inhō̃ kā culture alag hai lēkin vidēśh vālē India sē bhī āgē number lē saktē haĩ . vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] culture alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] India sē[postp.] bhī[p.] āgē number lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . foreigner for think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this of culture separate be[pres.sg.23] but abroad those who India from too previously number take[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . 407महान तपस्वी बनने में नम्बरवन . mahān tapasvī bannē mē̃ number one . mahān, mahā[adj.] tapasvī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] number one . great tapaswi become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in number one .
459Everyone thinks that the culture of those from abroad is separate, but those from abroad can claim a number ahead of those from India.
408हो सकता है ना ! hō saktā hai nā ! hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] nā ! be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ∅ !
460This is possible, is it not?
409होना ही है . hōnā hī hai . hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
461It has to happen.
410हो सकता है . hō saktā hai . hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . 411क्योंकि विदेशियों में दृढ़ता का संस्कार है , अभी इसमें सिर्फ दृढ़ता का संस्कार यूज करो , हो जायेगा . kyōṅki vidēśhiyō̃ mē̃ dr̥iṛhtā kā saṅskār hai , abhī ismē̃ sirph dr̥iṛhtā kā saṅskār use karō , hō jāyēgā . kyōṅki vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] sirph[adj.] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] use karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . because foreigner in determination of sanskar be[pres.sg.23] , now this[.mē̃] only determination of sanskar use do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
462It is possible because those abroad have the sanskar of determination. 463Now, for this, simply use the sanskar of determination and it will happen.
412ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
464Is that OK?
413नम्बरवन लेना है ना . number one lēnā hai nā . number one lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . number one take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
465You want to claim number one, do you not?
414अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
466Achcha.
415विदेशी हर टर्न में आते हैं तो सभा सज जाती है , इन्टरनेशनल हो जाती है ना . vidēśhī har|her turn mē̃ ātē haĩ tō sabhā saj jātī hai , international hō jātī hai nā . vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] harnā[root]|har|her tum mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō sabhā[n.f.;sg.] sajnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , international hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] nā . foreigner (x[root]|x) you in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then court x[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , international be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ∅ .
467Those from abroad come in every turn as it becomes international, so the gathering becomes beautiful.
416बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
468Very good.
417अच्छा यह सामने वाला ग्रुप ( सिन्धी ग्रुप ) क्या करेगा ? achchhā yah sāmnē vālā group ( sindhī group ) kyā karēgā ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sāmnē vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group ( sindhī[adj.] group ) kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? achcha this x those who group ( x group ) what do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
469Achcha, what will this group in the front (Sindhi group) do?
418लाइन में तो अच्छे खड़े हो , वृद्धि भी अच्छी कर रहे हो इसकी तो मुबारक है , अच्छा , बापदादा पूछते हैं कुछ समय पहले इसी ग्रुप ने कहा था , कि हम एक-एक एक ऐसा तैयार करके लायेंगे , याद है ? line mē̃ tō achchhē khaṛē hō , vr̥iddhi bhī achchhī kar rahē hō iskī tō mubārak hai , achchhā , bāpdādā pūchhtē haĩ kuchh samay pahlē isī group nē kahā thā , ki ham ēk-ēk ēk aisā taiyār karkē lāyēṅgē , yād hai ? line mē̃[postp.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] yah[pn.sg.kī] tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bāpdādā pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kuchh samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.hī] group nē[postp.] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] , ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[abs.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? line in then achcha standing (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , growth too achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] this[.kī] then congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , achcha , BapDada ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] anything time (x|firstly) this[.hī] group ∅ say[past-perf.m.sg.] , that we one one such x do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ?
470You are standing in a line very well and there is good growth, and so congratulations for that. 471BapDada is asking whether this group remembers that some time ago you said that each one of you will bring another one like yourself.
419एक-एक ने एक को तैयार किया है , अपने से भी आगे ? ēk-ēk nē ēk kō taiyār kiyā hai , apnē sē bhī āgē ? ēk[adj.] nē[postp.] ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] āgē ? one ∅ one to x do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , one’s own from too previously ?
472Has each one of you prepared another one, one who is ahead of you?
420जिसने किया है वह हाथ उठाओ और यहाँ तक लाया है वह हाथ उठाओ . jisnē kiyā hai vah hāth uṭhāō aur yahā̃ tak lāyā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.nē] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur yahā̃ tak lānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.nē] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that raise your hands and here until x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that raise your hands .
473Those who have done this, raise your hands and those who have brought that one here, raise your hands!
421अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
474Achcha.
422निभाया है , मुबारक हो , उसकी बहुत बहुत मुबारक हो लेकिन अभी और भी लाना पड़ेगा . nibhāyā hai , mubārak hō , uskī bahut bahut mubārak hō lēkin abhī aur bhī lānā paṛēgā . nibhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.kī] bahut bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin ab[adv.hī] aur bhī[p.] lānā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . fulfil[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that[.kī] very very congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but now and too x[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
475You have fulfilled this and so congratulations. 476Many, many congratulations for this, but you will now have to bring more.
423वृद्धि तो चाहिए ना और जहाँ सिन्ध में बाप आया , वहाँ के देश वाले हमजिन्स को तो जगाना है ना . vr̥iddhi tō chāhiē nā aur jahā̃ sindh mē̃ bāp āyā , vahā̃ kē|K dēśh vālē hamjins kō tō jagānā hai nā . vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] tō chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] nā aur jahā̃ sindh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hamjins[adj.] kō[postp.] tō jagānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . growth then (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ∅ and where there Sindh in father come[past-part.m.sg.d.] , there (of|K) land those who x to then awaken[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
477There has to be expansion. 478The equals of the land of Sindh, where the Father came, have to awaken, do they not?
424तरस तो पड़ता है ना . taras tō paṛtā hai nā . taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . mercy then fall[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
479You feel mercy for them, do you not?
425फलक से आप कहते हो ना , शिवबाबा आया तो सिन्ध में ना . phalak sē āp kahtē hō nā , śhivbābā āyā tō sindh mē̃ nā . phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , śhivbābā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō sindh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nā . sparkle of intoxication from you say[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , Shiv Baba come[past-part.m.sg.d.] then Sindh in ∅ .
480You say with intoxication that Shiv Baba came in the land of Sindh, do you not?
426तो करना , कमाल करके दिखाना . tō karnā , kamāl karkē dikhānā . tō karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then do[inf.m.sg.d.] , x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
481So now perform wonders.
427अच्छे अच्छे हैं , कर सकते हैं . achchhē achchhē haĩ , kar saktē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . achcha achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
482There are good ones, and you can do it.
428क्या कहते हैं ? kyā kahtē haĩ ? kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
483What do you think?
429 ( अभी नहीं करेंगे तो कभी करेंगे , बाबा की बहुत बहुत दुआयें हैं तो जरूर करेंगे ) ब्राह्मण परिवार में टोटल कितने सिन्धी होंगे ? ( abhī nahī̃ karē̃gē tō kabhī karē̃gē , bābā kī|key bahut bahut duāyē̃ haĩ tō jarūr karē̃gē ) brāhmaṇ parivār mē̃ total kitnē sindhī hōṅgē ? ( ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kabhī[adv.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , bābā kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bahut bahut duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō zarūr karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] total kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sindhī[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? ( now not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then ever do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , Baba (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) very very blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] then definitely do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) Brahmin family in total so x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
484(If we don't do it now, when will we do it? 485We have many blessings from Baba and so we will definitely do it.) 486How many Sindhis are there all together in the Brahmin family?
430हिसाब में तो थोड़े हैं . hisāb mē̃ tō thōṛē haĩ . hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . account in then short be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
487There are very few.
431 ( इस ग्रुप में 32 आये हैं ) अभी कम से कम 100 के करीब तो लाओ . ( is group mē̃ 32 āyē haĩ ) abhī kam sē kam 100 kē|K karīb tō lāō . ( yah[pn.sg.o.] group mē̃[postp.] 32 ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) ab[adv.hī] kam sē kam[x] 100 kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K karīb tō lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( this group in 32 come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) now at least 100 (of|K) nearly then x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
488(32 have come in this group.) 489Now, bring at least a hundred.
432100 नहीं ला सकते हो ? 100 nahī̃ lā saktē hō ? 100 nahī̃[neg] lānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? 100 not x[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
490Can you not bring a hundred?
433 ( 108 लायेंगे ) छोटे बच्चे , छोटे बच्चों को अपने दोस्तों को लाओ . ( 108 lāyēṅgē ) chhōṭē bachchē , chhōṭē bachchō̃ kō apnē dōstō̃ kō lāō . ( 108 lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x kō[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( 108 x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) small child , small child to one’s own x to x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
491We will bring 108. Little children, bring the little ones and your friends.
434बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
492BapDada is pleased.
435हिम्मत रख रहे हैं और मदद भी मिल रही है . himmat rakh rahē haĩ aur madad bhī mil rahī hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur madad[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . courage keep[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and x too receive[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
493You are maintaining courage and also receiving help.
436इसलिए आप भी खुश , बाप भी खुश . isliē āp bhī khuśh , bāp bhī khuśh . isliē āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] . therefore you too happy , father too happy .
494This is why you are happy and the Father is also happy.
437कलचरल विंग : क्या प्लैन बनाया है ? cultural wing : kyā plan banāyā hai ? cultural wing : kyā plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? x wing : what plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
495Cultural Wing: What plans have you made?
438कोई ऐसे निकालो जिसका आवाज फैले . kōī aisē nikālō jiskā āvāj phailē . kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.sg.kā] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|phailnā[opt.sg.23] . some such x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.kā] noise (spread[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|spread[opt.sg.23]) .
496Now make someone emerge whose sound can spread.
439हर एक ग्रुप को माइक , माइट वाला तैयार करना है . har ēk group kō mike , might vālā taiyār karnā hai . har ēk[x] group kō[postp.] mike , might vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . each one group to mike , might those who x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
497Each group has to prepare a mike with might.
440हो जायेगा . hō jāyēgā . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
498It will happen.
441क्योंकि आजकल तो बहुत चारों ओर कलचरल बहुत अच्छा चलता है , सभी का इन्ट्रेस्ट भी है . kyōṅki ājkal tō bahut chārō̃ ōr cultural bahut achchhā chaltā hai , sabhī kā interest bhī hai . kyōṅki ājkal tō bahut chārō̃ ōr[x] cultural bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] , sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] interest bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because nowadays then very everywhere x very achcha continue[pres.sg.m.23] , all of interest too be[pres.sg.23] .
499Nowadays, very good cultural programmes take place everywhere and everyone has an interest in that.
442सिर्फ ऐसा आवाज फैलाने वाला कोई निमित्त बनेगा तो अनेकों का कल्याण हो जायेगा . sirph aisā āvāj phailānē vālā kōī nimitt banēgā tō anēkō̃ kā kalyāṇ hō jāyēgā . sirph[adj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23] tō anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . only such noise spread[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who some instrument become[fut.m.sg.23] then many of benefit be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
500If someone like that becomes an instrument to spread the sound, many will be benefited.
443बाकी अच्छा है प्रोग्राम बनाते रहते हो , करते रहते हो , जितना प्यार से करते हैं उतना अच्छा ही होता है , रिजल्ट भी अच्छी . bākī achchhā hai programme banātē rahtē hō , kartē rahtē hō , jitnā pyār sē kartē haĩ utnā achchhā hī hōtā hai , result bhī achchhī . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] programme banānā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] , karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , result bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . (others|but) achcha be[pres.sg.23] programme create[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] , do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] , the more love from do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x achcha only be[pres.sg.m.23] , result too achcha .
501It is good that you continue to create programmes and you should continue to do that. 502When you do it with a lot of love, it is good and the results are also good.
444अभी ऐसा कोई माइक निकालके लाना , जिसकी आवाज सुन करके अनेकों का कल्याण हो . abhī aisā kōī mike nikālkē lānā , jiskī āvāj sun karkē anēkō̃ kā kalyāṇ hō . ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] mike nikālnā[abs.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.sg.kī] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[root] karnā[abs.] anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . now such some mike x[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] , that[.kī] noise listen[root] do[abs.] many of benefit (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
503Now make such a mike emerge and, hearing his sound, many can be benefited.
445बहुत अच्छा और आगे बढ़ते चलो . bahut achchhā aur āgē baṛhtē chalō . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . very achcha and previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
504Very good. 505Now continue to move ahead.
446इन्टरनेशनल यूथ ग्रुप : अच्छा यूथ वाले भी आवाज फैलाने के लिए प्रोग्राम अच्छे बना रहे हैं . international youth group : achchhā youth vālē bhī āvāj phailānē kē liē programme achchhē banā rahē haĩ . international youth group : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] youth vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] programme achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . international youth group : achcha youth those who too noise spread[inf.m.pl.,o.] for programme achcha create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
506International Youth Group: The Youth are also creating good programmes to spread the sound.
447और स्व पुरूषार्थ के लिए भी अच्छे प्रोग्राम बना रहे हैं . aur sva purūṣhārth kē liē bhī achchhē programme banā rahē haĩ . aur sva puruṣhārth kē liē[x] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . and x effort for too achcha programme create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
507And you are also creating good programmes for your own efforts.
448बापदादा ने समाचार सुना है , खुशखबरी भी सुनी कि परिवर्तन किया है और आगे भी परिवर्तन कायम रखेंगे . bāpdādā nē samāchār sunā hai , khuśhkhabarī bhī sunī ki parivartan kiyā hai aur āgē bhī parivartan kāyam rakhē̃gē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] sunnā[past-part.f.] ki[conj.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur āgē bhī[p.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kāyam[adj.] rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ news listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , good news too listen[past-part.f.] that transformation do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and previously too transformation x keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
508BapDada has heard the news, the good news that you have had transformation and will keep this transformation for all time.
449फरिश्ता स्वरूप के धारणा के समीप आ रहे हैं . phariśhtā svarūp kē|K dhārṇā kē|K samīp ā rahē haĩ . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . angel form (of|K) dharna (of|K) close come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
509You are coming close to the dharna of the angelic form.
450तो जो अपने में परिवर्तन किया , वह वहाँ जाके भी रहेगा या थोड़ा-थोड़ा कम हो जायेगा ? tō jō apnē mē̃ parivartan kiyā , vah vahā̃ jākē bhī rahēgā yā thōṛā-thōṛā kam hō jāyēgā ? tō jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] vahā̃ jānā[abs.] bhī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kam hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ? then that one’s own in transformation do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that there go[abs.] too remain[fut.m.sg.23] or short decrease ?
510So, will the transformation that you have brought about within yourself stay when you return or will it decrease a little?
451रहेगा . rahēgā . rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . remain[fut.m.sg.23] .
511Will it stay?
452जो समझते हैं सदा रहेगा , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ sadā rahēgā , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sadā rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] constantly remain[fut.m.sg.23] , that raise your hands .
512Those who think that it will always remain, raise your hands!
453क्योंकि बापदादा ने रिजल्ट सुनी है , कि परिवर्तन रीयलाइजेशन अच्छी की है और यूथ ग्रुप ऐसा हो जाए सदा के लिए तो बहुत विश्व में नाम करेंगे . kyōṅki bāpdādā nē result sunī hai , ki parivartan rīyalāijēśan achchhī kī hai aur youth group aisā hō jāē sadā kē liē tō bahut viśhva mē̃ nām karē̃gē . kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] result sunnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , ki[conj.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] x achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur youth group aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] sadā kē liē[x] tō bahut viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . because BapDada ∅ result listen[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that transformation x achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and youth group such be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] constantly for then very world in name do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
513BapDada has heard the result that you have had very good transformation and realization, and if the youth group becomes like this for all time, your name will be glorified throughout the world.
454अच्छा उमंग-उत्साह दिखाया है . achchhā umaṅg-utsāh dikhāyā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . achcha zeal and enthusiasm x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
514You have shown good zeal and enthusiasm.
455बापदादा बच्चों की हिम्मत और उमंग-उत्साह पर खुश है लेकिन सदा शब्द याद रखना . bāpdādā bachchō̃ kī|key himmat aur umaṅg-utsāh par khuśh hai lēkin sadā śhabda yād rakhnā . bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sadā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[x] . BapDada child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) courage and zeal and enthusiasm (at|other) happy be[pres.sg.23] but constantly word remember .
515BapDada is pleased to see the courage, zeal and enthusiasm, but remember the word "always".
456ब्राह्मण आत्मायें जो चाहे वह कर सकती हैं . brāhmaṇ ātmāyē̃ jō chāhē vah kar saktī haĩ . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] . Brahmin soul that (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) that do[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] .
516Brahmin souls can do whatever they want.
457और अभी तो बापदादा ने होम वर्क दे दिया है , देखेंगे , कितने यूथ ग्रुप इसमें नम्बर लेते हैं , प्राइज लेते हैं . aur abhī tō bāpdādā nē home work dē diyā hai , dēkhē̃gē , kitnē youth group ismē̃ number lētē haĩ , prize lētē haĩ . aur ab[adv.hī] tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] home work[x] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] youth group yah[pn.sg.mē̃] number lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , prize lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and now then BapDada ∅ homework give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , so youth group this[.mē̃] number take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , prize take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
517BapDada has already given you homework. 518Therefore, we shall see how many from the youth group claim a number and a prize in this.
458लेंगे ना प्राइज ? lē̃gē nā prize ? lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā prize ? take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ prize ? 459अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
519You will claim a prize in this, will you not?
460 ( 33 देशों के 150 यूथ ने भाग लिया है ) अच्छा है . ( 33 dēśhō̃ kē|K 150 youth nē bhāg liyā hai ) achchhā hai . ( 33 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K 150 youth nē[postp.] bhāgnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( 33 land (of|K) 150 youth ∅ run[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
520(150 youth from 33 countries participated in this.) 521It is good.
461हर वर्ष करते रहते हैं यह बहुत अच्छा है . har|her varṣh kartē rahtē haĩ yah bahut achchhā hai . harnā[root]|har|her varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[root]|x) year do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] this very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
522It is very good that you continue to do this every year.
462आगे बढ़ रहे हैं यह भी अच्छा . āgē baṛh rahē haĩ yah bhī achchhā . āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] this too achcha .
523You are moving forward and that is also good.
463अच्छी मेहनत की है . achchhī mēhnat kī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . achcha effort do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
524You have made good effort.
464इन्टरनेशनल चिल्ड्रेन ग्रुपः ( बच्चों ने गीत गाया बाबा आपने कमाल कर दिया ) आप भी कमाल करके दिखाना . international children group ( bachchō̃ nē gīt gāyā bābā āpnē kamāl kar diyā ) āp bhī kamāl karkē dikhānā . international children group ( bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bābā āp[pn.pl.nē] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ) āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . international children group ( child ∅ x sing[past-part.m.sg.d.] Baba you[.nē] x do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ) you too x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
525International Children's Group: Children sang a song: Baba, You performed wonders. 526You too must show wonders.
465बाप ने कमाल की , अभी आपको करनी है . bāp nē kamāl kī|key , abhī āpkō karnī hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kō] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . father ∅ x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , now you[.kō] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
527The Father has performed wonders and now you have to perform wonders.
466बैठ जाओ . baiṭh jāō . baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
528You may sit down.
467तामिलनाडु जोन भी सेवा में आया है : अच्छा है , है छोटा लेकिन शक्ति अच्छी है . tāmilnāḍu zone bhī sēvā mē̃ āyā hai : achchhā hai , hai chhōṭā lēkin śhakti achchhī hai . x zone bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēkin śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x zone too service in come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] : achcha be[pres.sg.23] , be[pres.sg.23] small but Shakti achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
529Tamil Nadu Zone is also here for service: It is good. 530It is small, but it has good power.
468तामिलनाडु ने एक ऐसा वी . आई . पी निकाला , निकाला तो तामिलनाडु ने , जो आज प्रेजीडेंन्ट है वह कनेक्शन में तो तामिलनाडु से आया , तो अच्छा जैसे एक निकाला ना ऐसे अभी और निमित्त बनाओ . tāmilnāḍu nē ēk aisā we|V . āī|eye|I . P|pī nikālā , nikālā tō tāmilnāḍu nē , jō āj prējīḍēnnṭa hai vah connection mē̃ tō tāmilnāḍu sē āyā , tō achchhā jaisē ēk nikālā nā aisē abhī aur nimitt banāō . x nē[postp.] ēk[adj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō x nē[postp.] , jō[pn.;d.] āj x hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] connection mē̃[postp.] tō x sē[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] aur nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x ∅ one such (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) x[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x[past-part.m.sg.d.] then x ∅ , that today x be[pres.sg.23] that connection in then x from come[past-part.m.sg.d.] , then achcha like one x[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ such now and instrument create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
531Tamil Nadu has made a VIP emerge - it was Tamil Nadu that brought this soul. 532The one who is the President today came in connection in Tamil Nadu. 533Achcha, just as you made that one emerge, now make others instruments.
469उसका आवाज भी कुछ तो काम कर रहा है ना तो ऐसे अगर निमित्त बनाते रहेंगे तो छोटा सुभान अल्ला हो जायेगा . uskā āvāj bhī kuchh tō kām kar rahā hai nā tō aisē agar nimitt banātē rahē̃gē tō chhōṭā subhān allā hō jāyēgā . vah[pn.sg.kā] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] kuchh tō kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] agar nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] subhān allā[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . that[.kā] noise too anything then (lust|task) do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ then such if instrument create[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] then small They are equal to Allah! be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
534His sound is also working to some extent, is it not? 535So, if you continue to make such souls instruments, then the little one (Tamil Nadu) will become equal to God.
470वैसे संख्या तो काफी है , अच्छी संख्या है . vaisē saṅkhyā tō kāphī hai , achchhī saṅkhyā hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] tō kāphī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x then enough be[pres.sg.23] , achcha x be[pres.sg.23] .
536In fact, there is a good number.
471टोटल कितने हैं ( 12 हजार भाई बहिनें हैं ) अच्छा है , छोटा भले हो लेकिन कमाल तो अच्छी की है ना , तो बापदादा को अच्छा लगता है . total kitnē haĩ ( 12 hajār bhāī bahinē̃ haĩ ) achchhā hai , chhōṭā bhalē hō lēkin kamāl tō achchhī kī hai nā , tō bāpdādā kō achchhā lagtā hai . total kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ( 12 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā , tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . total so be[pres.pl.12hon3] ( 12 1000 (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , small benefit (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but x then achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ , then BapDada to enjoy .
537How many in total? 538(12,000 brothers and sisters.) 539It is good. 540You may be small, but you have performed great wonders. 541So, BapDada likes it.
472प्लैन बनाते जाओ , करते जाओ . plan banātē jāō , kartē jāō . plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] , karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] , do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
542Continue to make plans and continue to do it.
473सेवा में भी सहयोग अच्छा दिया है . sēvā mē̃ bhī sahyōg achchhā diyā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . service in too cooperation achcha give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
543You have given good co-operation in service.
474गोल्डन चांस लिया है और गोल्डन दुनिया लाने के निमित्त बनना ही है . golden chance liyā hai aur golden duniyā lānē kē nimitt bannā hī hai . golden chance lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur golden duniyā[n.f.;sg.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . golden chance take[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and golden world x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
544You have taken a golden chance and you have to become instruments to bring about the golden world.
475बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
545Very good.
476अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
546Achcha.
477चारों ओर के बच्चों के कार्ड , पत्र और ईमेल द्वारा भिन्न-भिन्न साधनों द्वारा मुबारक के समाचार पहुंचे हैं , बापदादा , जिन्होंने भी मुबारक भेजी है , उन सभी को पदम-पदम गुणा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kē|K card , patra aur email dvārā bhinn-bhinn sādhanō̃ dvārā mubārak kē|K samāchār pahuñchē haĩ , bāpdādā , jinhōnnē bhī mubārak bhējī hai , un sabhī kō padam-padam guṇā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K card , patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur email dvārā bhinn[adj.] sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā , jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . everywhere (of|K) child (of|K) card , x and e-mail through different facilities through congratulations (of|K) news reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada , that[.nē] too congratulations x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that all to multimillion fold congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
547Cards and letters through e-mails of greetings and congratulations have come to Baba from the children everywhere, through various means. 548Multimillion times congratulations to all those who have sent greetings.
478बापदादा तो दूर बैठे बच्चों को सम्मुख ही देख रहे हैं . bāpdādā tō dūr baiṭhē bachchō̃ kō sammukh hī dēkh rahē haĩ . bāpdādā tō dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sammukh hī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada then distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) child to in front of you only see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
549BapDada is seeing the children personally in front of Him, even though they may be sitting far away.
479कितने उमंग उत्साह से अपने अपने स्थानों पर बैठे हैं , सुन रहे हैं , यह देख करके बापदादा भी खुश है , बच्चे भी खुश हैं , और मुबारक ले रहे हैं , दे रहे हैं . kitnē umaṅg utsāh sē apnē apnē sthānō̃ par baiṭhē haĩ , sun rahē haĩ , yah dēkh karkē bāpdādā bhī khuśh hai , bachchē bhī khuśh haĩ , aur mubārak lē rahē haĩ , dē rahē haĩ . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bāpdādā bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , aur mubārak[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . so zeal enthusiasm from one’s own one’s own place (at|other) sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , this see[root] do[abs.] BapDada too happy be[pres.sg.23] , child too happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] , and congratulations take[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
550You are sitting at your own places with so much zeal and enthusiasm. 551Seeing this, BapDada is pleased and the children are also happy. 552You are giving greetings and receiving greetings.
480बापदादा ने समाचार सुना कि रात को भी दिन बना देते हैं . bāpdādā nē samāchār sunā ki rāt kō bhī din banā dētē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] ki[conj.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . BapDada ∅ news (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) that night to too day create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . 481तो ऐसे बच्चों को कितने बार दिल की दुआयें और प्यार दें . tō aisē bachchō̃ kō kitnē bār dil kī|key duāyē̃ aur pyār dē̃ . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bār[n.f.;sg.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then such child to so time heart (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing and love give[opt.pl.12hon3] .
553BapDada heard the news that you make night into day, and so how many times should Baba give blessings and love from His heart to such children?
482उमंग उत्साह अच्छा है और अच्छे ते अच्छा रहेगा . umaṅg utsāh achchhā hai aur achchhē tē achchhā rahēgā . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . zeal enthusiasm achcha be[pres.sg.23] and achcha from achcha remain[fut.m.sg.23] .
554You have good zeal and enthusiasm and it will remain the best of all.
483अभी दूर बैठे वाले सभी अपने को प्राइज में नम्बरवन बनाना . abhī dūr baiṭhē vālē sabhī apnē kō prize mē̃ number one banānā . ab[adv.hī] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] prize mē̃[postp.] number one banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) those who all one’s own to prize in number one create[inf.m.sg.d.] .
555Now, all those who are sitting far away, make yourselves number one in claiming this prize.
484अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
556Achcha.
485जो पहली बार आये हैं वह उठो , अच्छा है बापदादा सभी बच्चों को देख देख हर्षित हो रहे हैं . jō pahlī bār āyē haĩ vah uṭhō , achchhā hai bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō dēkh dēkh harṣhit hō rahē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that x time come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] BapDada all child to see[root] see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
557Those who have come for the first time, stand up! 558It is good. 559BapDada is pleased to see all the children.
486जो नये आये हैं वह और ही लास्ट सो फास्ट , फर्स्ट जाके दिखाना . jō nayē āyē haĩ vah aur hī last sō fast , first jākē dikhānā . jō[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] aur hī[p.] last sō|sōnā[root] fast , first[adj.] jānā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . that new come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that and only last (x|sleep[root]) fast , first go[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
560The new ones who have come should go fast having come last and show everyone by claiming the first number.
487अच्छा है , वृद्धि तो हो रही है . achchhā hai , vr̥iddhi tō hō rahī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , growth then be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . 488हर टर्न में नये-नये आते हैं . har|her turn mē̃ nayē-nayē ātē haĩ . harnā[root]|har|her tum mē̃[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x[root]|x) you in new come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
561It is good that expansion is taking place; new ones come in every turn.
489अभी सिर्फ अमर रहना औरों को भी अमर बनाना , अमरभव का वरदान सदा अपने आपको देते रहना . abhī sirph amar rahnā aurō̃ kō bhī amar banānā , amarbhav kā vardān sadā apnē āpkō dētē rahnā . ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] amar[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] amar[adj.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , amarbhav kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now only immortal remain[inf.m.sg.d.] others to too immortal create[inf.m.sg.d.] , immortality of blessing constantly one’s own you[.kō] give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
562Now, simply remain immortal and make others immortal. 563Always continue to give yourself the blessing of remaining immortal.
490अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
564Achcha.
491मातायें ज्यादा हैं , संगम पर माताओं का टर्न है . mātāyē̃ jyādā haĩ , saṅgam par mātāō̃ kā turn hai . mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] . mother more be[pres.pl.12hon3] , confluence (at|other) mother of you be[pres.sg.23] .
565There are more mothers. 566At the confluence age, it is the turn of the mothers.
492पाण्डव भी कम नहीं हैं , अच्छे हैं . pāṇḍav bhī kam|cum nahī̃ haĩ , achchhē haĩ . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kam[adj.]|cum nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Pandava too (less|x) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
567There are no fewer Pandavas. 568They are good.
493अच्छा , पाण्डव बैठ जाओ , मातायें खड़ी रहो . achchhā , pāṇḍav baiṭh jāō , mātāyē̃ khaṛī rahō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha , Pandava sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , mother standing remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
569Achcha, Pandavas, sit down! 570Mothers, remain standing!
494मातायें ज्यादा हैं . mātāyē̃ jyādā haĩ . mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . mother more be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
571There are more mothers.
495अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
572Achcha.
496आज तो सभी को बैठना ही है . āj tō sabhī kō baiṭhnā hī hai . āj tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . today then all to sit[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
573Today, everyone has to sit longer anyway.
497चारों ओर के सदा उमंग-उत्साह में आगे बढ़ने वाले , सदा हिम्मत से बापदादा की पदमगुणा मदद के पात्र बच्चों को , सदा विजयी रत्न हैं , हर कल्प में विजयी बने थे , अब भी हैं और हर कल्प में विजयी हैं ही हैं . chārō̃ ōr kē|K sadā umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ āgē baṛhnē vālē , sadā himmat sē bāpdādā kī|key padamguṇā madad kē|K pātr bachchō̃ kō , sadā vijayī ratna haĩ , har|her kalp mē̃ vijayī banē thē , ab bhī haĩ aur har|her kalp mē̃ vijayī haĩ hī haĩ . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sadā umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā vijayī[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , harnā[root]|har|her kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vijayī[adj.] bannā[past-perf.pl.m.] , ab[adv.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur harnā[root]|har|her kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vijayī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . everywhere (of|K) constantly zeal and enthusiasm in previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly courage from BapDada (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) multimillion-fold x (of|K) worthy of receiving child to , constantly victorious jewel be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[root]|x) cycle in victorious become[past-perf.pl.m.] , now too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and (x[root]|x) cycle in victorious be[pres.pl.12hon3] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 498ऐसे विजयी बच्चों को सदा एक बाप दूसरा न कोई , न संसार की आकर्षण , न संस्कार की आकर्षण , दोनों आकर्षण से मुक्त रहने वाले , सदा बाप समान बच्चों को बापदादा का यादप्यार और नमस्ते . aisē vijayī bachchō̃ kō sadā ēk bāp dūsrā na kōī , na saṅsār kī|key ākarṣhaṇ , na saṅskār kī|key ākarṣhaṇ , dōnō̃ ākarṣhaṇ sē mukt rahnē vālē , sadā bāp samān bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yādpyār aur namastē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vijayī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] na[neg] kōī[pn.;d.] , na[neg] saṅsār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key ākarṣhaṇ[x] , na[neg] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key ākarṣhaṇ[x] , dōnō̃ ākarṣhaṇ[x] sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā bāp samān[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . such victorious child to constantly one father other not some , not world (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) attraction , not sanskar (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) attraction , x attraction from free remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly equal to the Father child to BapDada of love, remembrance and x .
574To all the children everywhere who are constantly moving forward with zeal and enthusiasm, to the children who are worthy of receiving multimillionfold help from BapDada because of their courage, to the victorious children who are always victorious jewels now, and who have been victorious in every cycle, who are this now and are definitely victorious in every cycle, to the children who always belong to the one Father and who are free from both attractions, who are neither attracted to the world nor to the sanskars, to such children who are always equal to the Father, BapDada's love, remembrance and namaste.
499दादियों से : ( दादी जी से ) सबको दृष्टि द्वारा , अपने योगयुक्त स्थिति द्वारा सन्तुष्ट कर देती हो . dādiyō̃ sē : ( dādī jī sē ) sabkō dr̥iṣhṭi dvārā , apnē yōgyukt sthiti dvārā santuṣhṭ kar dētī hō . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[root]|jī[x]|jīnā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] ) sabkō dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] dvārā , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yōgyukt[x] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] dvārā santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.f.2.root+dēnā] . Dadi from : ( Dadi (live[root]|ji|live[past-part.f.]) from ) everything drishti through , one’s own yogyukt stage through content do[pres.pl.f.2.root+dēnā] .
575To the Dadis: (To Dadiji): You make everyone content through your drishti and your yogyukt stage.
500सभी थोड़े टाइम में भी खुश होके जाते हैं . sabhī thōṛē time mē̃ bhī khuśh hōkē jātē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[abs.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . all short time in too happy be[abs.] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
576Having been here a short time, everyone goes back happy.
501यह बहुतकाल की जो कमाई जमा की है ना , उसका फल मिल रहा है . yah bahutkāl kī|key jō kamāī jamā kī hai nā , uskā phal mil rahā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key jō[pn.;d.] kamānā[past-part.f.]|kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jamā karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā , vah[pn.sg.kā] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . this a long period of time (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) that (earn[past-part.f.]|earning an income) accumulate ∅ , that[.kā] fruit receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
577You are receiving the fruit of the income that you have accumulated over a long period of time.
502 ( हजारों से मिलती है ) अच्छा पार्ट बजा रही हो . ( hajārō̃ sē miltī hai ) achchhā part bajā rahī hō . ( hazār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] . ( 1000 from receive[pres.sg.f.23] ) achcha play one's part .
578(Dadiji meets thousands.) 579You are playing a good part.
503 ( मोहिनी बहन ठीक होती जा रही है ) होना ही है . ( mōhinī bahan ṭhīk hōtī jā rahī hai ) hōnā hī hai . ( mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[root.pres-part+jānā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( x x OK be[root.pres-part+jānā] remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
580(Mohiniben is getting well.) 581She has to get well.
504 ( परदादी से ) आपका जोन सबसे बड़ा है . ( pardādī sē ) āpkā zone sabsē baṛā hai . ( pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) āp[pn.pl.kā] zone sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( Dadi Nirmal Shanta from ) you[.kā] zone the most very be[pres.sg.23] . 505और अच्छा जोन बड़ा भाग्यशाली है . aur achchhā zone baṛā bhāgyaśhālī hai . aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zone baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgyaśhālī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and achcha zone very x be[pres.sg.23] .
582(To Dadi Nirmalshanta): Your zone is the biggest of all, and your zone is very fortunate.
506 ( बेटी किसकी हूँ ) नशा है इसको . ( bēṭī kiskī hū̃ ) naśhā hai iskō . ( bēṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kaun[pn.sg.kī] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ) naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.kō] . ( daughter who[.kī] be[pres.sg.1] ) intoxication be[pres.sg.23] this[.kō] .
583(Whose daughter am I?) 584She has the intoxication of that.
507और सब आपको देखकर खुश हो जाते हैं . aur sab āpkō dēkhkar khuśh hō jātē haĩ . aur sab[adj.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . and all you[.kō] see[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
585And everyone who sees you becomes happy.
508आपकी खुशी को देखकर सब खुश हो जाते हैं . āpkī khuśhī kō dēkhkar sab khuśh hō jātē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kī] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . you[.kī] happiness to see[abs.] all happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
586Seeing your happiness, everyone becomes happy.
509आपको मूर्ति के रूप में देखते हैं . āpkō mūrti kē|K rūp mē̃ dēkhtē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kō] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . you[.kō] image (of|K) Rup in see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
587They see you as an idol.
510बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
588Very good.
511 ( शान्तामणी दादी से ) सभी अपना-अपना अच्छा पार्ट बजा रहे हैं . ( śāntāmaṇī dādī sē ) sabhī apnā-apnā achchhā part bajā rahē haĩ . ( x dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . ( x Dadi from ) all (one’s own|adopt[root]) achcha play one's part .
589(To Dadi Shantamani): All of you are playing your part very well.
512कुछ भी नहीं करो ना , आप लोगों की हाजिरी सब कुछ करती है . kuchh bhī nahī̃ karō nā , āp lōgō̃ kī|key hājirī sab kuchh kartī hai . kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā , āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key hāzirī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sab kuchh[x] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . anything not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ , you people (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x everything do[pres.sg.f.23] .
590You don't have to do anything, but your presence does everything.
513बाप का रूप देखने में आता है ना आप द्वारा तो सभी खुश हो जाते हैं . bāp kā rūp dēkhnē mē̃ ātā hai nā āp dvārā tō sabhī khuśh hō jātē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā āp[pn.pl.] dvārā tō sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . father of Rup see[inf.m.pl.,o.] in come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ you through then all happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
591They see the Father's form through you and so they all become happy.
514 ( मनोहर दादी ने मौन धारणकिया है ) बहुत भाषण किये हैं , सर्विस में आलराउन्ड में इनका नाम पहले था , बापदादा ने मुरलियों में भी वर्णन किया है . ( manōhar dādī nē maun dhāraṇakiyā hai ) bahut bhāṣhaṇ kiyē haĩ , service mē̃ all-round mē̃ inkā nām pahlē thā , bāpdādā nē muraliyō̃ mē̃ bhī varṇan kiyā hai . ( manōhar[n.f.;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] maun[n.m.;sg.,d.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) bahut bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , service[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] all-round mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hōnā[past.m.sg] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] x mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . ( x Dadi ∅ silence x be[pres.sg.23] ) very lecture do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , service in all-round in this[.kā] name (x|firstly) be[past.m.sg] , BapDada ∅ x in too x do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
592(Manohar Dadi has adopted silence.) 593She has done many lectures. 594Your name used to be number one in all-round service. 595BapDada has even spoken about this in the murlis.
515थोड़ा ट्रीटमेंट करा लो ठीक हो जायेंगी , ऐसी कोई बड़ी बात नहीं है . thōṛā treatment karā lō ṭhīk hō jāyēṅgī , aisī kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ hai . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] treatment karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . short treatment make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] OK be[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , such some very matter not be[pres.sg.23] .
596Just have some treatment, and everything will be fine. 597It is not a big thing.
516सब याद तो करते हैं ना , आपका विशेष पार्ट कोई नहीं बजा सकता , हिस्ट्री कोई नहीं सुनाता है जैसे आप सुनाती हो , तो अपना पार्ट बजाओ . sab yād tō kartē haĩ nā , āpkā viśhēṣh part kōī nahī̃ bajā saktā , history kōī nahī̃ sunātā hai jaisē āp sunātī hō , tō apnā part bajāō . sab[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , āp[pn.pl.kā] viśhēṣh[adj.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] bajnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|bajānā[root]|bajā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , history kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] sunānā[pres.sg.m.23] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] sunānā[pres.pl.f.2] , tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] part bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . all remembrance then do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , you[.kā] special part some not (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|play[root]|o'clock) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , x some not speak[pres.sg.m.23] like you speak[pres.pl.f.2] , then (one’s own|adopt[root]) play one's part .
598Everyone remembers you, do they not? 599No one else can play your special part. 600No one can relate the history like you do; so, play your part.
517सब ठीक हो जायेगा , कोई बात नहीं . sab ṭhīk hō jāyēgā , kōī bāt nahī̃ . sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . all OK be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , some matter not .
601Everything will be fine; it is not a big thing.
518 ( रतनमोहिनी दादी से ) यह चक्र लगाने वाली चक्रवर्ती है , अच्छा पार्ट बजा रही है , क्योंकि आदि रत्न है ना , आदि रत्न की वैल्यु होती है . ( ratanmōhinī dādī sē ) yah chakra lagānē vālī chakravartī hai , achchhā part bajā rahī hai , kyōṅki ādi ratna hai nā , ādi ratna kī|key value hōtī hai . ( ratanmōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chakravartī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , kyōṅki ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key value hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . ( Ratanmohini Dadi from ) this (cycle|x) attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x be[pres.sg.23] , achcha play one's part , because etc. jewel be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , etc. jewel (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) Values be[pres.sg.f.23] .
602(To Dadi Ratanmohini): This one is a ruler of the globe who is always touring. 603You are playing a good part. 604You are an original jewel and an original jewel is valuable.
519आप लोगों का हाजिर होना ही बापदादा की याद दिलाता है . āp lōgō̃ kā hājir hōnā hī bāpdādā kī|key yād dilātā hai . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāzir[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key yād dilānā[pres.sg.m.23] . you people of present be[inf.m.sg.d.] only BapDada (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) remind .
605Your presence reminds everyone of BapDada.
5202006 वर्ष के शुभ-आगमन पर रात्रि 12 बजे प्यारे अव्यक्त बापदादा ने नये वर्ष की सब बच्चों को बधाईयाँ दी . 2006 varṣh kē|K śubh-āgaman par rātri 12 bajē pyārē avyakt bāpdādā nē nayē varṣh kī|key sab bachchō̃ kō badhāīyā̃ dī|the . 2006 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x par[postp.]|par[adj.] rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] 12 bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] avyakt[adj.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the . 2006 year (of|K) x (at|other) night 12 (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) loving avyakt BapDada ∅ new year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) all child to greetings (give[past-part.f.]|the) . 521सभी बच्चों ने बहुत-बहुत प्यार से नये वर्ष को मनाया . sabhī bachchō̃ nē bahut-bahut pyār sē nayē varṣh kō manāyā . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . all child ∅ very love from new year to celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
606At midnight, at the auspicious beginning of the year 2006, Avyakt BapDada gave greetings for the New Year to all the children: All the children celebrated the New Year with a lot of love.
522मनाया भी और साथ में बापदादा से वायदा भी किया कि संस्कार मिटायेंगे भी . manāyā bhī aur sāth mē̃ bāpdādā sē vāydā bhī kiyā ki saṅskār miṭāyēṅgē bhī . manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] saṅskār[x] miṭānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bhī[p.] . celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] too and with in BapDada from promise too do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that sanskar x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] too .
607You celebrated and also made a promise to BapDada that you will finish your sanskars.
523तो मिटाना भी है और सभी को शुभ भावना , श्रेष्ठ कामना , श्रेष्ठ वायब्रेशन से मिलाना भी है . tō miṭānā bhī hai aur sabhī kō śhubh bhāvnā , śhrēṣhṭh kāmnā , śhrēṣhṭh vibration sē milānā bhī hai . tō miṭānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] kāmnā[n.f.;sg.] , śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] vibration sē[postp.] milānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then x[inf.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] and all to pure feeling , elevated wish , elevated vibrations from x[inf.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] . 524मिटाना , मिलाना और मनाना . miṭānā , milānā aur manānā . miṭānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , milānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x[inf.m.sg.d.] , x[inf.m.sg.d.] and celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] .
608So, you have to finish them and unite everyone with good wishes, pure feelings and elevated vibrations. 609To finish, to unite and to celebrate.
525सभी बातें हुई . sabhī bātē̃ huī . sab[adv.hī] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[past-part.f.] . all matter be[past-part.f.] .
610Everything is included in this.
526अभी खूब सारा साल हर्षित रहना और सभी को हर्षित करना . abhī khūb sārā sāl harṣhit rahnā aur sabhī kō harṣhit karnā . ab[adv.hī] khūb[adj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] harṣhit[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] harṣhit[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now a lot the whole year cheerful remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and all to cheerful do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
611Now, remain very cheerful through the whole year and make everyone happy: I am a contented soul.
527मैं सन्तुष्ट आत्मा हूँ , सन्तुष्ट रहना और सन्तुष्ट करना . maĩ santuṣhṭ ātmā hū̃ , santuṣhṭ rahnā aur santuṣhṭ karnā . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . I content soul be[pres.sg.1] , content remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and content do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 528यही मनाना है , यही बाप का प्यार है , यही दुआयें हैं . yahī manānā hai , yahī bāp kā pyār hai , yahī duāyē̃ haĩ . yahī[pn.;d.] manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yahī[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yahī[pn.;d.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this father of love be[pres.sg.23] , this blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
612Remain content and make others content. 613This is celebrating, this is the Father's love and these are the blessings.
529यही यादप्यार है . yahī yādpyār hai . yahī[pn.;d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this love, remembrance be[pres.sg.23] .
614These are the love and remembrance.
530सभी को नमस्ते . sabhī kō namastē . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] namastē . all to x .
615Namaste to everyone.
616* * * O M S H A N T I * * *